-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, DSNER544omOZCYh9Z3wfkczWi1jbDNAk2hAJRfA3RmgfepgOqeWZceVKg7Pot5we Ges0pLZ54pKlnOZ8YJ8yNA== 0000950123-09-030941.txt : 20090806 0000950123-09-030941.hdr.sgml : 20090806 20090806124740 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-09-030941 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20090630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090806 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090806 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ION GEOPHYSICAL CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000866609 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: OIL AND GAS FIELD EXPLORATION SERVICES [1382] IRS NUMBER: 222286646 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-12691 FILM NUMBER: 09990786 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2105 CITYWEST BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 400 CITY: HOUSTON STATE: TX ZIP: 770422839 BUSINESS PHONE: 281.933.3339 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2105 CITYWEST BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 400 CITY: HOUSTON STATE: TX ZIP: 770422839 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: INPUT OUTPUT INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19930328 10-Q 1 h67643e10vq.htm 10-Q e10vq
Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-Q
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2009
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 1-12691
ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
     
DELAWARE   22-2286646
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)    
     
2105 CityWest Blvd.    
Suite 400    
Houston, Texas   77042-2839
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (281) 933-3339
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes: þ No: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). *
Yes o           No o
 
*    The registrant has not yet been phased into the interactive data requirements.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o 
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes: o No: þ
At July 29, 2009, there were 118,349,436 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.
 
 

 


 

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2009
     
    PAGE
 
   
   
   
  3
  4
  5
  6
  19
  34
  34
 
   
   
  35
  36
  41
  41
  42
 EX-10.1
 EX-10.2
 EX-10.3
 EX-10.4
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2

2


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Unaudited Financial Statements
ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    ( In thousands, except share  
    data)  
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 36,608     $ 35,172  
Restricted cash
    6,447       6,610  
Accounts receivable, net
    87,915       150,565  
Current portion notes receivable
    8,352       11,665  
Unbilled receivables
    27,360       36,472  
Inventories, net
    227,250       262,519  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    14,351       20,386  
 
           
Total current assets
    408,283       523,389  
Notes receivable
    5,970       4,438  
Deferred income tax asset
    15,693       11,757  
Property, plant, equipment and seismic rental equipment, net
    89,749       59,129  
Multi-client data library, net
    113,097       89,519  
Goodwill
    52,984       49,772  
Intangible assets, net
    64,528       107,443  
Other assets
    19,880       15,984  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 770,184     $ 861,431  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Current liabilities:
               
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 26,646     $ 38,399  
Accounts payable
    55,903       94,586  
Accrued expenses
    67,315       77,046  
Accrued multi-client data library royalties
    17,924       28,044  
Deferred revenue and other current liabilities
    18,503       18,159  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    186,291       256,234  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    243,970       253,510  
Non-current deferred income tax liability
    3,555       22,713  
Other long-term liabilities
    3,840       3,904  
 
           
Total liabilities
    437,656       536,361  
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Cumulative convertible preferred stock
    68,786       68,786  
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares; outstanding 118,348,947 and 99,621,926 shares at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, net of treasury stock
    1,183       996  
Additional paid-in capital
    737,119       694,261  
Accumulated deficit
    (426,261 )     (376,552 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (41,735 )     (55,859 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 849,430 and 848,422 shares at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    (6,564 )     (6,562 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    332,528       325,070  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 770,184     $ 861,431  
 
           
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

3


Table of Contents

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
                               
Product revenues
  $ 63,291     $ 104,360     $ 122,767     $ 197,394  
Service revenues
    37,219       76,305       84,633       123,430  
 
                       
Total net revenues
    100,510       180,665       207,400       320,824  
 
                       
 
                               
Cost of products
    41,876       72,637       81,907       132,254  
Cost of services
    25,593       50,007       58,756       82,155  
 
                       
Gross profit
    33,041       58,021       66,737       106,415  
 
                       
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Research, development and engineering
    10,750       11,850       22,215       24,009  
Marketing and sales
    8,938       12,222       18,701       23,378  
General and administrative
    13,556       14,213       32,556       28,997  
Impairment of intangible assets
                38,044        
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    33,244       38,285       111,516       76,384  
 
                       
Income (loss) from operations
    (203 )     19,736       (44,779 )     30,031  
Interest expense
    (6,861 )     (652 )     (14,278 )     (1,139 )
Interest income
    512       540       996       1,077  
Other income (expense)
    (6,381 )     253       (6,403 )     505  
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (12,933 )     19,877       (64,464 )     30,474  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (2,542 )     3,524       (16,505 )     5,583  
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    (10,391 )     16,353       (47,959 )     24,891  
Preferred stock dividends
    875       908       1,750       1,818  
 
                       
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (11,266 )   $ 15,445     $ (49,709 )   $ 23,073  
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings per share:
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16     $ (0.49 )   $ 0.25  
 
                       
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16     $ (0.49 )   $ 0.24  
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    105,121       94,222       102,447       94,095  
Diluted
    105,121       102,272       102,447       98,047  
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

4


Table of Contents

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
                 
    Six Months Ended  
    June 30,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (47,959 )   $ 24,891  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization (other than multi-client library)
    21,740       13,171  
Amortization of multi-client library
    22,021       34,002  
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, nonvested stock and employee stock purchases
    4,139       4,138  
Bad debt expense
    2,625       303  
Fair value adjustment of preferred stock redemption features
          (173 )
Impairment of intangible assets
    38,044        
Deferred income tax
    (22,729 )     942  
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts and notes receivable
    60,285       18,134  
Unbilled receivables
    9,112       (30,118 )
Inventories
    (2,548 )     (59,568 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued royalties
    (58,935 )     8,444  
Deferred revenue
    (438 )     (441 )
Other assets and liabilities
    12,595       (183 )
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
    37,952       13,542  
 
           
 
               
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (2,007 )     (7,705 )
Investment in multi-client data library
    (45,599 )     (57,105 )
Other investing activities
    (208 )     110  
 
           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (47,814 )     (64,700 )
 
           
 
               
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    11,785        
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
    38,220        
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
    32,000       50,000  
Repayments under revolving line of credit
          (50,000 )
Payments on notes payable and long-term debt
    (66,196 )     (4,037 )
Costs associated with debt amendments
    (3,800 )      
Issuance of preferred stock
          35,000  
Payment of preferred dividends
    (1,750 )     (1,818 )
Proceeds from employee stock purchases and exercise of stock options
    265       4,317  
Other financing activities
    (31 )     (255 )
 
           
Net cash provided by financing activities
    10,493       33,207  
 
           
 
               
Effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    805       327  
 
           
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,436       (17,624 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    35,172       36,409  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 36,608     $ 18,785  
 
           
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

5


Table of Contents

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) Basis of Presentation and Overview
     Basis of Presentation. The consolidated balance sheet of ION Geophysical Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to in this Part I - Item 1 as the “Company” or “ION,” unless the context otherwise requires) at December 31, 2008 has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements at that date. The consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2009, the consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year or of future operations.
     These consolidated financial statements have been prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and applicable rules of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been omitted. The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
     On September 18, 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of ARAM Systems Ltd. and Canadian Seismic Rentals Inc. (sometimes collectively referred to herein as “ARAM”). The results of operations of the Company for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 have been affected by this acquisition, which may affect the comparability of certain of the financial information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. This acquisition is described in more detail in Note 2 “— ARAM Acquisition.”
     Further, in connection with preparation of the consolidated financial statements and in accordance with the recently issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 165, “Subsequent Events,” the Company evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date of June 30, 2009 through August 6, 2009, the date of the Company’s filing.
     Overview. Demand for the Company’s products and services is cyclical and substantially dependent upon activity levels in the oil and gas industry, particularly the willingness and ability of the Company’s customers to expend their capital for oil and natural gas exploration and development projects. This demand is highly sensitive to current and expected future oil and natural gas prices.
     The current global financial crisis, which has contributed, among other things, to significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, has resulted in the worldwide economy entering into a recessionary period, which may be prolonged and severe. Oil prices have been highly volatile in recent years, increasing to record levels in the second quarter of 2008 and then sharply declining thereafter, falling to approximately $35 per barrel during the first quarter of 2009. By the end of July 2009, oil prices were approximately $70 per barrel. Due to oversupply, natural gas prices at the Henry Hub interconnection point at the end of July 2009 were approximately 75% below the July 2008 price of $13.31 per mmBtu. These conditions have sharply curtailed demand for exploration activities in North America and other regions.
     The weakness in demand for the Company’s products, the uncertainty surrounding future economic activity levels and the tightening of credit availability have resulted in decreased sales of the Company’s business units. The Company’s land seismic equipment businesses in North America and Russia have been particularly adversely affected. The Company expects that the level of customers’ exploration and production expenditures will continue to be low for the remainder of 2009 to the extent that exploration and production companies (“E&P companies”) and seismic contractors are limited in their access to the credit markets as a result of further disruptions in, or a more conservative lending stance by, the lending markets. There continues to be significant uncertainty about future exploration and production activity levels and the impact on the Company’s businesses. Furthermore, the Company’s seismic contractor customers and the E&P companies that are users of the Company’s products, services and technology have reduced their capital spending from mid-2008 levels.
     While the current global recession and the decline in oil and gas prices have slowed demand for the Company’s products and services in the near term, the Company believes that the industry’s long-term prospects remain favorable because of the declining rates in oil and gas production. The Company believes that technology that adds a competitive advantage through cost reductions or improvements in productivity will continue to be valued in its marketplace, even in the current difficult market. For example, the

6


Table of Contents

Company believes that its new technologies, such as FireFly®, DigiFIN and Orca®, will continue to attract interest from its customers because those new technologies are designed to deliver improvements in image quality within more productive delivery systems.
     In response to the recent downturn in the demand for the Company’s products and services, the Company has taken measures to reduce its cost structure. In addition, the Company has slowed its capital spending, including investments for its multi-client data library. To date, the most significant cost reduction has related to reduced headcount. In the fourth quarter of 2008 through the first six months of 2009, the Company reduced its headcount by 319 positions, or approximately 21% of its employee headcount, in order to adjust to the expected lower levels of activity. Including all contractors and employees, the Company reduced its headcount by 424 positions, or 23%. In April 2009, the Company also initiated a salary reduction program that reduced employee base salaries. The salary reductions reduced affected employees’ annual base salaries by 12% for the Company’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer, 10% for all other executives and senior management, and 5% for most other employees. The Company has adopted a payment plan whereby employees affected by the salary reduction program may receive a payment in the beginning of 2010 in an amount that is approximately equal to the amount of their salary reduction plus interest if the Company achieves certain predetermined levels of adjusted EBITDA during 2009 and the Company determines that its liquidity levels are sufficient to make the payments. Additionally, the Board of Directors elected to implement a 15% reduction in director fees. In addition to the salary reduction program, the Company elected to suspend its matching contributions to its employee 401(k) plan contributions. The Company plans to reinstate employee salary levels and the 401(k) plan employer match benefit once business conditions improve. The Company has also reduced its research and development spending but intends to continue to fund strategic programs to position it for the expected recovery in economic activity. Overall, the Company has and will continue to give priority to generating cash flow and reducing its cost structure, while maintaining its long-term commitment to continued technology development.
     The Company reported in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, that, as of that date, it was in compliance with all of its financial covenants under its commercial banking credit facility that was amended in 2008 (the “Amended Credit Facility”) and its Bridge Loan Agreement with Jefferies Finance LLC dated as of December 30, 2008 (the “Bridge Loan Agreement”). The Company also reported that, based upon its 2009 first quarter results and its then-current operating forecast for the remainder of 2009, it was probable that, unless certain mitigating actions were taken, the Company would not be in compliance for the period ending September 30, 2009 with certain of the financial covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility loan agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement. To remedy these uncertainties, the Company completed a $40.7 million offering of common stock. The Company then used the proceeds of the offering to repay the Bridge Loan Agreement indebtedness and entered into an additional amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to its Amended Credit Facility that, among other things, modified certain of the financial and other covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility. As a result of entering into the Fifth Amendment, the Company expects to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Amended Credit Facility for the remainder of 2009. Also, with the repayment of the indebtedness outstanding under the Bridge Loan Agreement and the entering into the secured equipment financing transaction (see below for further discussion of the secured equipment financing), the Company believes that the cash flows generated from its operations will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operations for the remainder of 2009.
     However, there are certain possible scenarios and events beyond the Company’s control, such as lack of improvement in E&P company and seismic contractor spending, lack of improvement in the Company’s operating results, significant write-downs of accounts receivable or inventories, changes in certain currency exchange rates and other factors, that could cause the Company to fall out of compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility for the period ending September 30, 2009. The Company’s failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and debt service capabilities. If the Company was not able to satisfy all of these covenants, the Company would need to seek to amend, or seek one or more waivers of, those covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments, in which case the Company would likely seek to obtain new secured debt, unsecured debt or equity financing. However, there also can be no assurance that such debt or equity financing would be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. In the event that the Company would need to amend the Amended Credit Facility, or obtain new financing, the Company would likely incur up front fees and higher interest costs and other terms in the amendment would likely be less favorable to the Company than those currently provided under the Amended Credit Facility.
     On June 4, 2009, the Company completed a private placement transaction in which the Company issued and sold 18,500,000

7


Table of Contents

shares of its common stock in privately-negotiated transactions for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $40.7 million. The $38.2 million in net proceeds from the offering, along with $2.6 million of cash on hand, were applied to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement, which had been scheduled to mature on January 31, 2010.
     On June 29, 2009, the Company also entered into a $20.0 million secured equipment financing term loan with ICON ION, LLC (“ICON”), an affiliate of ICON Capital Inc. The Company received $12.5 million from ICON on June 29, 2009 and $7.5 million on July 20, 2009. All borrowed indebtedness under this arrangement is scheduled to mature on July 31, 2014, and constitutes permitted indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility. The Company and its subsidiaries intend to use the proceeds of the secured term loan for working capital and general corporate purposes. See further discussion at Note 9 “— Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations.
     As of June 30, 2009 and July 29, 2009, the Company had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used only to fund further letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of July 29, 2009 were approximately $34.0 million compared to $36.6 million at June 30, 2009.
(2) ARAM Acquisition
     In September 2008, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of ARAM. The following summarized unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, assumes that the ARAM acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the period presented. The Company has prepared these unaudited pro forma financial results for comparative purposes only. These unaudited pro forma financial results may not be indicative of the results that would have occurred if ION had completed the acquisition as of the beginning of the period presented or the results that may be attained in the future. Amounts presented below are in thousands, except for the per share amounts:
                 
    Pro forma   Pro forma
    Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    June 30, 2008   June 30, 2008
Pro forma net revenues
  $ 191,512     $ 366,012  
Pro forma income from operations
  $ 22,618     $ 40,932  
Pro forma net income applicable to common shares
  $ 11,911     $ 19,934  
Pro forma basic net income per common share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.20  
Pro forma diluted net income per common share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.20  
(3) Impairment of Intangible Assets
     In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $38.0 million, before tax, associated with a portion of its proprietary technology and the remainder of its customer relationships related to the ARAM acquisition. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company had recorded an intangible asset impairment charge of $10.1 million, before tax, related to ARAM’s customer relationships, trade name and non-compete agreements. This additional impairment during the first quarter of 2009 was the result of the continued overall economic and financial crisis, which has continued to adversely affect the demand for the Company’s products and services, especially land analog acquisition products within North America and Russia. As of June 30, 2009, no further impairment indicators were noted and no additional impairments of the Company’s intangible assets had occurred. The Company’s net book value associated with ARAM’s acquired intangibles was $34.3 million at June 30, 2009.
     On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (SFAS 157), as amended by FSP SFAS 157-1 and FSP SFAS 157-2. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FSP SFAS 157-2 delayed, until the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the effective date for SFAS 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). On March 31, 2009, the Company performed a non-recurring valuation of its intangible assets related to its ARAM acquisition, which resulted in the $38.0 million impairment charge noted above. The valuation was performed using Level 3 inputs. The fair value of these assets was estimated using a discounted cash flow model, which includes a variety of inputs. The key inputs for the model included the current operational five-year forecast for the Company, the current market discount factor and the forecasted cash flows related to each intangible asset. The forecasted operational and cash flow

8


Table of Contents

amounts were determined using the current activity levels in the Company as well as the current and expected short-term market conditions.
(4) Segment and Product Information
     In order to allow for increased visibility and accountability of costs and more focused customer service and product development, the Company evaluates and reviews results based on four segments: three of these segments — Land Imaging Systems, Marine Imaging Systems and Data Management Solutions — make up the ION Systems Division, and the fourth segment is the ION Solutions Division. The Company measures segment operating results based on income from operations.
     A summary of segment information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Net revenues:
                               
Land Imaging Systems
  $ 30,415     $ 45,820     $ 64,597     $ 95,708  
Marine Imaging Systems
    24,224       50,368       42,677       84,856  
Data Management Solutions
    9,217       9,596       16,463       18,762  
 
                       
Total ION Systems
    63,856       105,784       123,737       199,326  
ION Solutions
    36,654       74,881       83,663       121,498  
 
                       
Total
  $ 100,510     $ 180,665     $ 207,400     $ 320,824  
 
                       
 
                               
Income (loss) from operations:
                               
Land Imaging Systems
  $ (6,130 )   $ 1,320     $ (10,877 )   $ 4,615  
Marine Imaging Systems
    7,743       11,181       10,504       21,182  
Data Management Solutions
    5,818       5,468       10,248       10,676  
 
                       
Total ION Systems
    7,431       17,969       9,875       36,473  
ION Solutions
    3,928       16,070       9,134       22,297  
Corporate
    (11,562 )     (14,303 )     (25,744 )     (28,739 )
Impairment of intangible assets
                (38,044 )      
 
                       
Total
  $ (203 )   $ 19,736     $ (44,779 )   $ 30,031  
 
                       
(5) Restructuring Activities
     In the first half of fiscal 2009, the Company continued its restructuring program that was initiated in the fourth quarter of 2008. Under this program, the Company reduced its employee headcount by a total of approximately 21% (or 319 positions) through the first six months of 2009. When terminated independent contractors are included, the Company reduced its headcount by a total of 424 positions, or 23%. At December 31, 2008, the Company had accrued $1.8 million related to severance costs. In the first six months of 2009, the Company accrued an additional $1.8 million related to severance costs and made cash payments to employees of $2.9 million, resulting in an accrual as of June 30, 2009 of $0.7 million. Of the amount expensed for the six months ended June 30, 2009, approximately $1.3 million was included in operating expenses, with the remaining $0.5 million included in cost of sales. During the remainder of 2009, the Company will continue to evaluate its staffing needs and may reduce its employee headcount further as necessary.
     In April 2009, the Company initiated a salary reduction program that reduced employee base salaries. The salary reductions ranged from 12% for the Company’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer, 10% for all other executives and senior management, and 5% for most other employees. The Company has adopted a variable payment plan whereby employees affected by the salary reduction program may receive a payment in the beginning of 2010 approximately equal to the amount of the salary reduction plus interest if the Company achieves certain predetermined levels of adjusted EBITDA during 2009 and the Board of Directors determines that the liquidity levels of the Company are sufficient to allow the payments. The Company has not accrued any amounts under the variable payment plan as of June 30, 2009. The Board also elected to implement a 15% reduction in director fees. In addition to the salary reduction program, the Company suspended its match to employee 401(k) plan contributions.

9


Table of Contents

(6) Inventories
     A summary of inventories is as follows (in thousands):
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008  
Raw materials and subassemblies
  $ 111,691     $ 104,862  
Work-in-process
    11,280       20,698  
Finished goods
    127,577       161,065  
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories
    (23,298 )     (24,106 )
 
           
Inventories, net
  $ 227,250     $ 262,519  
 
           
     During the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company transferred approximately $41.0 million of inventories, at cost, to its seismic rental equipment pool.
(7) Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
     Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is determined based on the assumption that dilutive restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards have vested and outstanding dilutive stock options have been exercised and the aggregate proceeds were used to reacquire common stock using the average price of such common stock for the period. The total number of shares issued or committed for issuance under outstanding stock options at June 30, 2009 and 2008 was 7,506,225 and 6,217,625, respectively, and the total number of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units outstanding at June 30, 2009 and 2008 was 721,721 and 1,046,277, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued zero and 505,866 shares under stock option exercises, respectively.
     As of June 30, 2009, the Company had 30,000, 5,000 and 35,000 outstanding shares, respectively, of Series D-1, Series D-2, and Series D-3 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively referred to as the Series D Preferred Stock), which may currently be converted, at the holder’s election, into up to 9,669,434 shares of common stock. The outstanding shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and of Series D-2 Preferred Stock were dilutive for the three months ended June 30, 2008; however, the outstanding shares of Series D-3 Preferred Stock were anti-dilutive for the same three-month period. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2008, all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock were anti-dilutive. As shown in the table below, the Company’s convertible senior notes that matured on December 15, 2008 were dilutive for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008.
     The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (11,266 )   $ 15,445     $ (49,709 )   $ 23,073  
Impact of assumed convertible debt conversion, net of tax
          99             199  
Impact of assumed Series D Preferred Stock conversions:
                               
Series D-1 Preferred Stock dividends
          389              
Series D-2 Preferred Stock dividends
          65              
Fair value adjustment of Series D-2 Preferred Stock redemption feature, net of tax
          (121 )            
 
                       
Net income (loss) after impact of assumed convertible debt and preferred stock conversions
  $ (11,266 )   $ 15,877     $ (49,709 )   $ 23,272  
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    105,121       94,222       102,447       94,095  
Effect of dilutive stock awards
          2,250             2,276  
Effect of convertible debt conversion
          1,676             1,676  
Effect of assumed Series D Preferred Stock conversions:
                               
Series D-1 Preferred Stock conversion
          3,812              

10


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Series D-2 Preferred Stock conversion
          312              
 
                       
Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding
    105,121       102,272       102,447       98,047  
 
                       
 
                               
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16     $ (0.49 )   $ 0.25  
 
                       
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16     $ (0.49 )   $ 0.24  
 
                       
(8) Issuance of Common Stock
     On June 1, 2009, the Company entered into purchase agreements with certain institutional investors for the private placement of an aggregate of 18,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price per share of $2.20, resulting in total gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $40.7 million. The sale of the shares in the private placement occurred on June 4, 2009. The Company received approximately $38.2 million in net proceeds from the private placement transaction (after deduction of related fees and expenses), and used the net proceeds along with approximately $2.6 million of cash on hand to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s Bridge Loan Agreement, which was scheduled to mature on January 31, 2010. See further discussion at Note 9 “— Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations.
(9) Notes Payable, Long-term Debt and Lease Obligations
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
Obligations (in thousands)   2009     2008  
$100.0 million revolving line of credit
  $ 98,000     $ 66,000  
Term loan facility
    110,937       120,313  
Bridge loan
          40,816  
Secured equipment financing
    12,500        
Amended and restated subordinated seller note
    35,000       35,000  
Subordinated seller note
          10,000  
Facility lease obligation
    4,405       4,610  
Equipment capital leases and other notes payable
    9,774       15,170  
 
           
Total
    270,616       291,909  
Current portion of notes payable, long-term debt and lease obligations
    (26,646 )     (38,399 )
 
           
Non-current portion of notes payable, long-term debt and lease obligations
  $ 243,970     $ 253,510  
 
           
     Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan — Amended Credit Facility. The Company, its subsidiary, ION International S.à r.l. (“ION Sàrl), and certain of the Company’s domestic and other foreign subsidiaries (as guarantors) are parties to a $100.0 million amended and restated revolving credit facility and a $125.0 million original principal amount term loan facility under the terms of its Amended Credit Facility, which is governed by the terms of its amended credit agreement with its commercial bank lenders. The revolving credit facility provides additional flexibility for the Company’s international capital needs by permitting non-U.S. borrowings by ION Sàrl under the facility and providing the Company and ION Sàrl the ability to borrow in alternative currencies. Under the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement, up to $60.0 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) is available for borrowings by ION Sàrl and up to $75.0 million is available for borrowings by the Company; however, the total level of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility may not exceed $100.0 million. The term loan indebtedness was borrowed in September 2008 to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the ARAM acquisition.
     The interest rate on borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility is, at the Company’s option, (i) an alternate base rate (either the prime rate of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., or a federals funds effective rate plus 0.50%, plus an applicable interest margin) or (ii) for Eurodollar borrowings and borrowings in Euros, pounds sterling or Canadian dollars, a LIBOR-based rate, plus an applicable interest margin. The amount of the applicable interest margin is determined by reference to a leverage ratio of total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent trailing fiscal quarters. The interest rate margins range from 2.875% to 5.5% for alternate base rate borrowings, and from 3.875% to 6.5% for Eurodollar borrowings. As of June 30, 2009, $110.9 million in outstanding term loan indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility accrued interest at an applicable LIBOR-based interest rate of 6.2% per annum, while $98.0 million in total outstanding revolving credit indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility accrued interest at an applicable LIBOR-based interest rate of 5.6% per annum. The average effective interest rates for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 under the LIBOR-based rates for the term loan indebtedness and the Amended Credit Facility were 6.2% and 5.5%, respectively.

11


Table of Contents

     At March 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the terms of the Amended Credit Facility and the Bridge Loan Agreement. However, based upon the Company’s first quarter results and its then-current operating forecast for the remainder of 2009, management for the Company determined that it was probable that, if the Company and its subsidiaries did not take any mitigating actions, they would not be in compliance with one or more of the Company’s financial covenants under those two debt agreements for the period ending September 30, 2009. As a result, the Company approached the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility to obtain amendments to relax certain of these financial covenants and completed a private placement of the Company’s common stock, which, along with its cash on hand, generated sufficient funds to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement. See further discussion of the private placement offering at Note 8 “— Issuance of Common Stock.”
     The Company and its bank lenders entered into a Fifth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility in June 2009. Excluding certain amendments to the financial covenants, which are incorporated into the description of financial covenants below, the principal modifications to the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement resulting from the Fifth Amendment were as follows:
    Increased applicable maximum interest rate margins in the event that the Company’s leverage ratio exceeds 2.25 to 1.0 — from 4.5% to up to 5.5% for alternate base rate loans, and from 5.5% to up to 6.5% for LIBOR-rate loans;
 
    Modified a restricted payments covenant and permitting the Company to apply up to $6.0 million of its available cash on hand to prepay the indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement;
 
    Added a requirement for the Company to apply 50% of its “Excess Cash Flow,” if any, calculated with respect to a just-completed fiscal year, to the prepayment of the term loan under the Amended Credit Agreement if the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio or its leverage ratio for the just-completed fiscal year does not meet certain requirements; and
 
    Modified Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement to (i) prohibit any increase in the revolving commitments under the Amended Credit Facility until the Company has delivered its compliance certificate for the period ending September 30, 2009, and then only if certain fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio requirements are met, and (ii) reduce the maximum revolving credit facility amount to which the Amended Credit Facility can be increased to $140.0 million.
     The Amended Credit Agreement contains covenants that restrict the Company, subject to certain exceptions, from:
    Incurring additional indebtedness (including capital lease obligations), granting or incurring additional liens on the Company’s properties, pledging shares of the Company’s subsidiaries, entering into certain merger or other similar transactions, entering into transactions with affiliates, making certain sales or other dispositions of assets, making certain investments, acquiring other businesses and entering into certain sale-leaseback transactions with respect to certain of the Company’s properties; or
 
    Paying cash dividends on the Company’s common stock and repurchasing and acquiring shares of the Company’s common stock unless (i) there is no event of default under the Amended Credit Facility and (ii) the amount of cash used for cash dividends, repurchases and acquisitions does not, in the aggregate, exceed an amount equal to the excess of 30% of ION’s domestic consolidated net income for the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year over $15.0 million.
     The Amended Credit Facility also requires the Company to be in compliance with certain financial covenants, including requirements for the Company and its domestic subsidiaries to:
    maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (which must be not less than 1.50 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 1.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009; 1.10 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009; 1.15 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010; 1.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010; 1.35 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 1.50 to 1.0 the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter);
 
    not exceed a maximum leverage ratio (2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 3.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009; 2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010 and June 30,

12


Table of Contents

      2010; 2.5 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 2.25 to 1.0 the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter); and
 
    maintain a minimum tangible net worth of at least 80% of the Company’s tangible net worth as of September 18, 2008 (the date that the Company completed its acquisition of ARAM), plus 50% of the Company’s consolidated net income for each quarter thereafter, and 80% of the proceeds from any mandatorily convertible notes and preferred and common stock issuances for each quarter thereafter.
     At June 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the terms of the Amended Credit Facility. As a result of entering into the Fifth Amendment, the Company expects to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Amended Credit Facility for the remainder of 2009.
     The term loan indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments of $4.7 million per quarter until December 31, 2010. Commencing on December 31, 2010, the quarterly principal amortization increases to $6.3 million per quarter until December 31, 2012, when the quarterly principal amortization amount increases to $9.4 million for each quarter until maturity on September 17, 2013. The term loan indebtedness matures on September 17, 2013, but the terms of the Amended Credit Facility allow the administrative agent to accelerate the maturity date to a date that is six months prior to the maturity date of additional debt financing that the Company may incur to refinance certain indebtedness incurred in connection with the ARAM acquisition.
     The Amended Credit Facility contains customary events of default provisions (including an event of default upon any “change of control” event affecting the Company), the occurrence of which could lead to an acceleration of ION’s payment obligations under the Amended Credit Facility.
     The Amended Credit Facility includes a $35.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of documentary and stand-by letters of credit, of which $1.8 million was outstanding at June 30, 2009. As of July 29, 2009, the Company had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used solely to fund additional letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility.
     The obligations of the Company and ION Sàrl under the Amended Credit Facility are guaranteed by certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries of the Company and are secured by security interests in stock of the domestic guarantors and certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, and by substantially all of the Company’s other assets and those of the guarantors. The obligations of ION Sàrl and the foreign guarantors are secured by security interests in all of the stock of the foreign guarantors and the domestic guarantors, and substantially all of the Company’s assets and the other assets of the foreign guarantors and the domestic guarantors.
     Bridge Loan. On December 30, 2008, the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (as guarantors) entered into the Bridge Loan Agreement with Jefferies Finance LLC (“Jefferies”). Under the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $40.8 million in unsecured indebtedness (the “Bridge Loan”) to refinance certain outstanding short-term indebtedness that had been loaned to the Company by Jefferies in connection with the completion of the Company’s acquisition of ARAM in September 2008. The maturity date of the Bridge Loan was January 31, 2010. In June 2009, the Company repaid the entire outstanding Bridge Loan indebtedness using the net proceeds of $38.2 million from a private placement of its common stock and $2.6 million of operating cash. Under the Bridge Loan Agreement, the Company was required to pay to Jefferies a non-refundable initial duration fee of 3.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Loan outstanding (if any) on June 30, 2009 and a non-refundable additional duration fee of 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Bridge Loan outstanding (if any) on September 30, 2009. However, due to the prepayment in June 2009, no such duration fees were required to be paid to Jefferies. The annual interest rate on the Bridge Loan at the time of its repayment was 15%. Inclusive of these additional fees (and an upfront fee previously paid of 5.0%), the effective interest rate on the Bridge Loan was 25.3% at the time of its repayment.
     Secured Equipment Financing. On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into a $20.0 million secured equipment financing transaction with ICON. Two master loan agreements were entered into with ICON in connection with this financing transaction: (i) the Company, ARAM Rentals Corporation, a Nova Scotia unlimited company (“ARC”), and ICON entered into a Canadian Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 with regard to certain seismic equipment leased to customers by ARC, and (ii) the Company, ARAM Seismic Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ASRI”), and ICON entered into a Master Loan and Security Agreement (U.S.) dated as of June 29, 2009 with regard to certain seismic equipment leased to customers by ASRI (collectively, the

13


Table of Contents

“ICON Loan Agreements”). All borrowed indebtedness under the ICON Loan Agreements is scheduled to mature on July 31, 2014. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the secured term loans for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     Under the ICON Loan Agreements, ICON advanced $12.5 million on June 29, 2009 and $7.5 million on July 20, 2009. The indebtedness under the ICON Loan Agreements is secured by first-priority liens in (a) certain ARAM seismic rental equipment owned by ARC or ASRI located in the United States and Canada (subject to certain exceptions), and certain additional and replacement seismic equipment owned by such subsidiaries from time to time, (b) written leases or other agreements evidencing payment obligations relating to the leasing by ARC or ASRI of this equipment to their respective customers, including their related receivables, (c) the cash or cash equivalents held by such subsidiaries and (d) any proceeds thereof.
     The repayment obligations of each of ARC and ASRI under the ICON Loan Agreements are guaranteed by the Company under a Guaranty dated as of June 29, 2009 (the “Guaranty”). The indebtedness under the ICON Loan Agreements and the Guaranty constitute permitted indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility.
     Under both ICON Loan Agreements, interest on the outstanding principal amount will accrue at a fixed interest rate of 15% per annum calculated monthly, and is payable monthly on the first day of each month. Principal and interest are payable, commencing on September 1, 2009, in 60 monthly installments until the maturity date, when all remaining outstanding principal and interest will be due and payable. Pursuant to the ICON Loan Agreements, ICON received a non-refundable upfront fee of $0.3 million. In addition, ICON will receive an administrative fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of advances under the ICON Loan Agreements, payable at the end of each of the first four years during their terms. Inclusive of these additional fees, the effective interest rate on the secured equipment financing was 16.6% as of June 30, 2009.
     Beginning on August 1, 2012, and continuing until January 31, 2014, the outstanding principal balances of the loans may be prepaid in full by giving ICON 30 days’ prior written notice and paying a prepayment fee equal to 3.0% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the loans. Commencing on February 1, 2014, the loans may be prepaid in full by giving ICON 30 days’ prior written notice and without payment of any prepayment penalty or fee.
     Amended and Restated Subordinated Seller Note. As part of the purchase price for the ARAM acquisition, in September 2008, the Company’s acquisition subsidiary (“ION Sub”) issued an unsecured senior promissory note in the original principal amount of $35.0 million (the “Senior Seller Note”) to one of the selling shareholders of ARAM, now known as Maison Mazel Ltd. On December 30, 2008, in connection with other acquisition refinancing transactions that were completed on that date, the terms of the Senior Seller Note were amended and restated in an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note dated December 30, 2008 (the “Amended and Restated Subordinated Note”). The principal amount of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note is $35.0 million and matures on September 17, 2013. The Company also entered into a guaranty dated December 30, 2008, whereby the Company guaranteed on a subordinated basis, ION Sub’s repayment obligations under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note under a guaranty dated December 30, 2008. Interest on the outstanding principal amount under note accrued at the rate of 15% per annum, and is payable quarterly.
     The terms of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note provide that the particular covenants contained in the Amended Credit Agreement (or in any successor agreement or instrument) that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness will be incorporated into the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note. However, under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note, neither Maison Mazel nor any other holder of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note have a separate right to consent to or approve any amendment or waiver of the covenant as contained in the Amended Credit Facility.
     In addition, ION Sub agreed that if it incurs indebtedness under any financing that:
    qualifies as “Long Term Junior Financing” (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement),
 
    results from a refinancing or replacement of the Amended Credit Facility such that the aggregate principal indebtedness (including revolving commitments) thereunder would be in excess of $275.0 million, or
 
    qualifies as unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money that is evidenced by notes or debentures, has a maturity date of at least five years after the date of its issuance and results in total gross cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $45.0

14


Table of Contents

      million ($40.0 million after the Bridge Loan has been paid in full),
then ION Sub is obligated to repay in full from the total proceeds from such financing the then-outstanding principal of and interest on the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note.
     The indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note is subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Company’s “Senior Obligations,” which is defined in the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note as the principal, premium (if any), interest and other amounts that become due in connection with:
    the Company’s obligations under the Amended Credit Facility,
 
    the Company’s liabilities with respect to capital leases and obligations under its facility sale-leaseback facility that qualify as a “Sale/Leaseback Agreement” (as that term is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement),
 
    guarantees of the indebtedness described above, and
 
    debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in exchange for, or in the refinancing of, the Senior Obligations described above, or any indebtedness arising from the payment and satisfaction of any Senior Obligations by a guarantor.
     In April 2009, ION Sub assigned the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to the Company, and the related guaranty by the Company of ION Sub’s repayment obligations was terminated. In connection with this assignment, ION Sub was released from its obligations under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note.
     Subordinated Seller Note. As part of the purchase price for the ARAM acquisition in September 2008, ION Sub also issued to Maison Mazel, Ltd., one of the selling shareholders of ARAM, an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $10.0 million original principal amount unsecured promissory note. In connection with the refinancing transactions that occurred in December 2008, the obligations of ION Sub and the Company under this note and a related guaranty were terminated and extinguished in exchange for the Company’s assignment to Maison Mazel, Ltd. of the Company’s rights to a Canadian federal income tax refund (the “Refund Claim”). However, while the indebtedness under this note was legally extinguished, the liability for financial accounting purposes could not be extinguished on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and was included as short-term debt. In May 2009, the Company received and submitted to Maison Mazel, Ltd. the final Refund Claim. In June 2009, the remaining balance of $0.7 million of this indebtedness was paid.
     The fair market value of the Company’s outstanding notes payable and long-term debt was determined to be $270.6 million at June 30, 2009. Approximately $145.9 million of the Company’s total outstanding indebtedness was re-negotiated on December 30, 2008, and an additional $98.0 million of the Company’s revolving credit borrowings was re-negotiated in June 2009. Additionally, the debt under the ICON Loan Agreements totaling $12.5 million at June 30, 2009 was negotiated on June 29, 2009. As a result, all of the Company’s principal debt facilities were negotiated within the last six months using current market rates. Also, a majority of the Company’s indebtedness is variable-rate, which approximates fair value.
(10) Income Taxes
     The Company maintains a valuation allowance for a significant portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is calculated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires that a valuation allowance be established or maintained when it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. In the event that the Company’s 2009 operating results are different than currently expected, an additional valuation allowance may be required to be established on the Company’s existing unreserved net U.S. deferred tax assets, which total $19.9 million at June 30, 2009. These existing unreserved U.S. deferred tax assets are currently considered to be “more likely than not” realized. The Company’s effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 19.7% (benefit on a loss) and 17.7% (provision on income), respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 25.6% and 18.3%, respectively. The increase in the Company’s effective tax rate during the six months ended June 30, 2009 related primarily to the tax benefit on the impairment of intangible assets, which is taxed at 29%.

15


Table of Contents

     The Company has no significant unrecognized tax benefits and does not expect to recognize significant increases in unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve month period. Interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in income tax expense.
     The Company’s U.S. federal tax returns for 2004 and subsequent years remain subject to examination by tax authorities. The Company is no longer subject to IRS examination for periods prior to 2004, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2004 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS if they either have been or will be used in a future period. In the Company’s foreign tax jurisdictions, tax returns for 2005 and subsequent years generally remain open to examination.
(11) Comprehensive Net Income (Loss)
     The components of comprehensive net income (loss) are as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (11,266 )   $ 15,445     $ (49,709 )   $ 23,073  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    17,529       98       14,124       (236 )
 
                       
Comprehensive net income (loss)
  $ 6,263     $ 15,543     $ (35,585 )   $ 22,837  
 
                       
(12) Stock-Based Compensation
     The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant and each stock appreciation right award using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used for each respective period:
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,
    2009   2008
Risk-free interest rates
    1.6% - 2.4 %     2.5% - 3.4 %
Expected lives (in years)
    4.1 - 4.7       5.0  
Expected dividend yield
    0 %     0 %
Expected volatility
    86.3% - 91.9 %     44.8% - 48.5 %
     The computation of expected volatility during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was based on an equally weighted combination of historical volatility and market-based implied volatility. Historical volatility was calculated from historical data for a period of time approximately equal to the expected life of the option award, starting from the date of grant. Market-based implied volatility was derived from traded options on the Company’s common stock having a life of approximately six months. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the option.
(13) Commitments and Contingencies
     Legal Matters. On June 12, 2009, WesternGeco L.L.C. (“WesternGeco”) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. In the lawsuit, styled WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical Corporation, WesternGeco alleges that the Company has infringed several United States patents regarding marine seismic streamer steering devices that are owned by WesternGeco. WesternGeco is seeking unspecified monetary damages and an injunction prohibiting the Company from making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying any infringing products in the United States. Based on the Company’s review of the lawsuit filed by WesternGeco and the WesternGeco patents at issue, the Company believes that its products do not infringe any WesternGeco patents, that the claims asserted by WesternGeco are without merit and that the ultimate outcome of the claims against it will not result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company intends to defend the claims against it vigorously.
     On June 16, 2009, the Company filed an answer and counterclaims against WesternGeco, in which the Company denies that it has infringed WesternGeco’s patents and asserts that the WesternGeco patents are invalid or unenforceable. The Company also asserts

16


Table of Contents

that WesternGeco’s Q-Marine system, components and technology infringe upon a United States patent owned by the Company related to marine seismic streamer steering devices. The claims by the Company also assert that WesternGeco misappropriated the Company’s proprietary technology and breached a confidentiality agreement between the parties by using the Company’s technology in its patents and products and that WesternGeco tortiously interfered with the Company’s relationship with its customers. In addition, the Company claims that the lawsuit by WesternGeco is an illegal attempt by WesternGeco to control and restrict competition in the market for marine seismic surveys performed using laterally steerable streamers. In its counterclaims, the Company is requesting various remedies and relief, including a declaration that the WesternGeco patents are invalid or unenforceable, an injunction prohibiting WesternGeco from making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying any infringing products in the United States, a declaration that the WesternGeco patents should be co-owned by the Company, and an award of unspecified monetary damages.
     On July 10, 2009, Fletcher International, Ltd. (“Fletcher”), the holder of shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, filed a “books and records” proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery under Section 220(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, asking the Court to require the Company to produce a broad range of the Company’s documents and records for inspection. Section 220(b) allows stockholders of Delaware corporations to make a demand on the corporation for access to certain books and records of the corporation, provided that such demand is made with appropriate specificity and is made for a proper purpose. The Company intends to vigorously defend this proceeding with respect to information that it believes has not been requested with appropriate specificity or for a proper purpose as required by law.
     The Company has been named in various other lawsuits or threatened actions that are incidental to its ordinary business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. Any claims against the Company, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, cause the Company to incur costs and expenses, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. The results of these lawsuits and actions cannot be predicted with certainty. Management currently believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.
     Warranties. The Company generally warrants that all of its manufactured equipment will be free from defects in workmanship, materials and parts. Warranty periods generally range from 30 days to three years from the date of original purchase, depending on the product. The Company provides for estimated warranty as a charge to cost of sales at time of sale, which is when estimated future expenditures associated with such contingencies become probable and reasonably estimated. However, new information may become available, or circumstances (such as applicable laws and regulations) may change, thereby resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount required to be accrued for such matters (and therefore a decrease or increase in reported net income in the period of such change). Additionally, as warranties expire, any remaining estimated warranty cost is credited to the income statement and would reduce the cost of products. A summary of warranty activity is as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 9,543     $ 13,185     $ 10,526     $ 13,439  
Accruals for warranties issued during the period
    351       1,101       (190 )     2,490  
Settlements made (in cash or in kind) during the period
    (1,644 )     (2,626 )     (2,086 )     (4,269 )
 
                       
Balance at end of period
  $ 8,250     $ 11,660     $ 8,250     $ 11,660  
 
                       

17


Table of Contents

(14) Concentration of Credit and Foreign Sales Risks
     The majority of the Company’s foreign sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Product revenues are allocated to geographical locations on the basis of the ultimate destination of the equipment, if known. If the ultimate destination of such equipment is not known, product revenues are allocated to the geographical location of initial shipment. Service revenues related primarily to the ION Solutions division are allocated based upon the billing location of the customer. For the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, international sales comprised 61% and 60%, respectively, of total net revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Company recognized $32.2 million of sales to customers in Europe, $36.4 million of sales to customers in the Asia Pacific region, $25.6 million of sales to customers in the Middle East, $14.0 million of sales to customers in Latin American countries, $3.1 million of sales to customers in the Commonwealth of Independent States, or former Soviet Union (CIS) and $14.4 million of sales to customers in Africa. In recent years, the CIS and certain Latin American countries have experienced economic problems and uncertainties. However, given the recent market downturn, more countries and areas of the world have also begun to experience economic problems and uncertainties. To the extent that world events or economic conditions negatively affect the Company’s future sales to customers in these and other regions of the world or the collectibility of the Company’s existing receivables, the Company’s future results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition would be adversely affected.
(15) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In June 2009, the Financial Accounts Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events,” (SFAS 165). SFAS 165 provides further background and clarification on the definition and disclosure requirements of subsequent events. The requirements under SFAS 165 provide that a Company’s financial statements reflect the effect of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company is not required to reflect the effects of subsequent events that relate to conditions arising after the date of the balance sheet. The provisions for SFAS 165 were effective for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2009 and shall be applied prospectively. The adoption of SFAS 165 did not have a material impact to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
     In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1). FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 provide additional clarification on interim disclosures and require public companies to disclose the fair value of financial instruments whenever companies publish interim financial summary information. The provisions for FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 were effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009 with earlier adoption permitted. The Company adopted FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 on the effective date. The adoption of FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 did not have a material impact to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.
     In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments” (FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1). FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 provide additional guidance designed to create greater clarity and consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment losses on securities. This staff position changes (i) the method for determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists for debt securities and for cost method investments; and (ii) the amount of an impairment charge to be recorded in earnings. FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company has determined that it is not practicable to estimate the fair value of its cost method investments, as quoted market prices are not available. During 2009, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the Company’s investments. The aggregate carrying amount of cost method investments was $5.0 million at June 30, 2009, and was included within Other Assets. The adoption of FSP FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1 did not have a material impact to the Company’s financial position, results of operation or cash flows.
     In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (FSP EITF 03-6-1), which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This FSP would require unvested share-based payment awards containing non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) to be included in the computation of basic earnings per share according to the two-class method. The adoption of FSP EITF 03-6-1 did not have a material impact on the Company’s earnings per share computation.

18


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Executive Summary
     Our Business. We are a technology-focused seismic solutions company that provides advanced seismic data acquisition equipment, seismic software and seismic planning, processing and interpretation services to the global energy industry. Our products, technologies and services are used by oil and gas exploration and production (“E&P”) companies and seismic contractors to generate high-resolution images of the Earth’s subsurface for exploration, exploitation and production operations.
     We operate our company through four business segments. Three of our business segments — Land Imaging Systems, Marine Imaging Systems and Data Management Solutions — make up our ION Systems division. Our fourth business segment is our ION Solutions division.
    Land Imaging Systems — cable-based, cableless and radio-controlled seismic data acquisition systems, digital and analog geophone sensors, vibroseis vehicles (i.e., vibrator trucks) and source controllers for detonator and vibrator energy sources.
 
    Marine Imaging Systems — towed streamer and redeployable ocean bottom cable seismic data acquisition systems and shipboard recorders, streamer positioning and control systems and energy sources (such as air guns and air gun controllers).
 
    Data Management Solutions — software systems and related services for navigation and data management involving towed marine streamer and seabed operations.
 
    ION Solutions — advanced seismic data processing services for marine and land environments, seismic data libraries, and Integrated Seismic Solutions (“ISS”) services.
     Our Current Debt Levels. In connection with the ARAM acquisition, we increased our indebtedness significantly. As of June 30, 2009, we had outstanding total indebtedness of approximately $270.6 million, including capital lease obligations. Total indebtedness on that date included $110.9 million of five-year term indebtedness and $98.0 million in revolving credit debt, in each case incurred under our amended commercial banking credit facility (the “Amended Credit Facility”). Total indebtedness on that date also included $12.5 million in borrowings under a secured equipment financing transaction. We also had as of that date $35.0 million of subordinated indebtedness outstanding under an amended and restated subordinated promissory note (the “Amended and Restated Subordinated Note”) that we had issued to one of ARAM’s selling shareholders as part of the purchase price consideration for the acquisition of ARAM.
     As of June 30, 2009 and July 29, 2009, we had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used only to fund additional letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility. Our cash and cash equivalents as of July 29, 2009 were approximately $34.0 million compared to $36.6 million at June 30, 2009.
     We reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, that, as of that date, we were in compliance with all of our financial covenants under (i) our Amended Credit Facility and (ii) our Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 2008 (the “Bridge Loan Agreement”) with Jefferies Finance LLC (“Jefferies”). We also reported that, based upon our 2009 first quarter results and our then-current operating forecast for the remainder of 2009, it was probable that, unless certain mitigating actions were taken, we would not be in compliance for the period ending September 30, 2009 with certain of the financial covenants contained in Amended Credit Facility loan agreement and the Bridge Loan Agreement. To remedy these uncertainties, during June 2009, we repaid the Bridge Loan Agreement indebtedness and entered into an additional amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Amended Credit Facility. Among other things, the Fifth Amendment modified certain of the financial and other covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility. See further discussion below at “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital” and at Note 9 “— Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations.”
     On June 4, 2009, we completed a private placement transaction under which we issued and sold 18,500,000 shares of our common stock in privately-negotiated transactions, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $40.7 million. The $38.2 million of net proceeds from the offering, along with $2.6 million of cash on hand, were applied to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement. The indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement had been scheduled to mature on January 31, 2010.

19


Table of Contents

See further discussion below at “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital” and at Note 9 Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations.”
     On June 29, 2009, we entered into a $20.0 million secured equipment financing with ICON ION, LLC (“ICON”), an affiliate of ICON Capital Inc. We received $12.5 million from ICON on June 29, 2009 and $7.5 million on July 20, 2009. All borrowed indebtedness under the master loan agreements governing this equipment financing arrangement is scheduled to mature on July 31, 2014. The obligations under these master loan agreements are guaranteed by us under a guaranty dated as of June 29, 2009 (the “Guaranty”). The indebtedness under these loan agreements and this guaranty constitute permitted indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility. We intend to use the proceeds of the secured term loans for working capital and general corporate purposes. See further discussion below at “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital” and at Note 9 “— Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations.”
     As a result of entering into our Fifth Amendment and repaying the indebtedness under our Bridge Loan Agreement, we expect to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Amended Credit Facility for the remainder of 2009. Also, by virtue of the repayment of the Bridge Loan Agreement indebtedness and our entering into the secured equipment financing, we believe that our cash on hand and cash generated from our operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the remainder of 2009.
     However, there are certain possible scenarios and events beyond our control, such as lack of improvement in E&P company and seismic contractor spending, lack of improvement in our operating results, significant write-downs of accounts receivable or inventories, changes in certain currency exchange rates and other factors, that could cause us to fall out of compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility for the period ending September 30, 2009. Our failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and debt service capabilities. If we were not able to satisfy all of these covenants, we would need to seek to amend, or seek one or more waivers of, those covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments, in which case we would likely seek to obtain new secured debt, unsecured debt or equity financing. However, there also can be no assurance that such debt or equity financing would be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the event that we would need to amend the Amended Credit Facility, or obtain new financing, we would likely incur up front fees and higher interest costs and other terms in the amendment would likely be less favorable to us than those currently provided under the Amended Credit Facility.
     Economic and Credit Market Conditions. Demand for our products and services is cyclical and substantially dependent upon activity levels in the oil and gas industry, particularly our customers’ willingness and ability to expend their capital for oil and natural gas exploration and development projects. This demand is highly sensitive to current and expected future oil and natural gas prices.
     The current global financial crisis, which has contributed, among other things, to significant reductions in available capital and liquidity from banks and other providers of credit, has resulted in the worldwide economy entering into a recessionary period, which may be prolonged and severe. Oil prices have been highly volatile in recent periods, increasing to record levels in the second quarter of 2008 and then sharply declining thereafter, falling to approximately $35 per barrel during the first quarter of 2009. By the end of July 2009, oil prices were approximately $70 per barrel. Due to oversupplies of natural gas, prices for natural gas at the Henry Hub interconnection point at the end of July 2009 were approximately 75% below the July 2008 price of $13.31 per mmBtu. These conditions have sharply curtailed demand for exploration activities in North America and other regions. The uncertainty surrounding future economic activity levels and the tightening of credit availability have resulted in decreased sales for several of our businesses. Our land seismic equipment businesses in North America and Russia have been particularly adversely affected.
     Our seismic contractor customers and the E&P companies that are users of our products, services and technology have generally reduced their capital spending. We expect that exploration and production expenditures continue to be constrained to the extent E&P companies and seismic contractors are limited in their access to the credit markets as a result of further disruptions in, or more conservative lending practices in, the credit markets. There continues to be significant uncertainty about future activity levels and the impact on our businesses.
     We are in a down cycle for sales of our products and services that we believe will likely last through the remainder of 2009, with an expected recovery starting sometime in 2010, depending on the depth and length of the current downturn. Furthermore, our

20


Table of Contents

seismic contractor customers and the E&P companies that are users of our products, services and technology have generally reduced their capital spending.
     International oil companies (IOCs) continue to have difficulty accessing new sources of supply, partially as a result of the growth of national oil companies. This situation is also affected by increasing environmental issues, particularly in North America, where companies may be denied access to some of the most promising onshore and offshore exploration opportunities. It is estimated that approximately 85%-90% of the world’s reserves are controlled by national oil companies, which increasingly prefer to develop resources on their own or by working directly with the oil field services and equipment providers. These dynamics often prevent capital, technology and project management capabilities from being optimally deployed on the best exploration and production opportunities, which results in global supply capacity being less than it otherwise might be. As a consequence, the pace of new supply additions may be insufficient to keep up with demand once the global recession ends.
     In response to this downturn, we have taken measures to further reduce operating costs in our businesses. We expect that 2009 will prove to be a challenging year for our North America and Russia land systems and vibroseis truck sales. In addition, we have slowed our capital spending, including investments for our multi-client data library, and are projecting capital expenditures for 2009 at $90 million to $95 million compared with $127.9 million for the comparable period in 2008. Of that total, we expect to spend approximately $80 million to $85 million on investments in our multi-client data library during 2009, and we anticipate that a majority of this investment will be underwritten by our customers. To the extent our customers’ commitments do not reach an acceptable level of pre-funding, the amount of our anticipated investment could significantly decline. The remaining sums are expected to be funded from internally generated cash.
     Through a variety of other resources, we are continuing to explore ways to reduce our cost structure. We have taken a deliberate approach to analyzing product and service demand in our business and are taking a more conservative approach in offering extended financing terms to our customers. To date, our most significant cost reduction has related to reduced headcount. During the fourth quarter of 2008 and continuing through the first six months of 2009, we reduced our headcount by 319 positions, or approximately 21% of our employee headcount, in order to adjust to the expected lower levels of activity. Including all contractors and employees, we reduced our headcount by 424 positions, or 23%. In April 2009, we also initiated a salary reduction program that reduced employee salaries. The salary reductions reduced affected employees’ annual base salaries by 12% for our chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer, 10% for all other executives and senior management, and 5% for most other employees. We have adopted a variable payment plan whereby employees affected by the salary reduction program may receive a payment in the beginning of 2010 approximately equal to the amount of the salary reduction plus interest if we achieve certain predetermined levels of adjusted EBITDA during 2009 and our Board of Directors determines that our liquidity levels are sufficient to allow the payments. Our Board also elected to implement a 15% reduction in director fees. In addition to the salary reduction program, we suspended our matching contributions to employee 401(k) plan contributions. Based upon these cost reduction initiatives, we currently expect to generate annual savings of approximately $43 million. We have also reduced our research and development spending but will continue to fund strategic programs to position us for the expected recovery in economic activity. Overall, we will give priority to generating cash flow and reducing our cost structure, while maintaining our long-term commitment to continued technology development. Our business is mainly technology-based. We are not in the field crew business, and therefore do not have large amounts of capital and other resources invested in vessels or other assets necessary to support contracted acquisition services, nor do we have large manufacturing facilities. This cost structure gives us the flexibility to rapidly adjust our expense base when downward economic cycles affect our industry. This business model has also allowed us to reduce our annual operating expense by approximately $43 million in a very short period of time. We have focused on rapidly adjusting our headcount to better match the current level of activity, while preserving investment in our longer-term research and development programs. This flexibility should allow us to be better positioned for the expected recovery.
     While the current global recession and the decline in oil and gas prices have slowed demand for our products and services in the near term, we believe that our industry’s long-term prospects remain favorable because of the declining rates in oil and gas production and the relatively small number of new discoveries of oil and gas reserves. We believe that technology that adds a competitive advantage through cost reductions or improvements in productivity will continue to be valued in our marketplace, even in the current difficult market. For example, we believe that our new technologies, such as FireFly®, DigiFIN and Orca®, will continue to attract interest from our customers because those technologies are designed to deliver improvements in image quality within more productive delivery systems. We have adjusted much of our sales efforts for our ARIES® land seismic systems from North America to international sales channels (other than Russia). In late 2008, we announced the commercialization of our ARIES II system, which

21


Table of Contents

we believe will provide more flexibility for users.
     2009 Developments. Our overall total net revenues of $207.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $113.4 million, or 35.4%, compared to total net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008. Our overall gross profit percentage for the first six months of 2009 was 32.2% compared to 33.2% for the first six months of 2008. In the first six months of 2009, we recorded a loss from operations of ($44.8) million (which includes the effect of an impairment of intangible assets charge of $38.0 million in the first quarter of 2009), compared to $30.0 million income from operations for the first six months of 2008.
     Developments to date in 2009 include the following:
    In January 2009, we announced our first commercial delivery of a multi-thousand station FireFly system equipped with digital, full-wave VectorSeis® sensors to the world’s largest land contractor. The deployment in the second quarter of 2009 of our first commercialized FireFly system occurred in a producing hydrocarbon basin containing reservoirs that have proven difficult to image with conventional seismic techniques.
 
    In March 2009, we announced that we had signed an agreement with The Polarcus Group of Companies for the provision of seismic data processing services. Under the agreement, we will provide hardware, software and geophysicists in order to support a seismic project’s entire imaging lifecycle, from the vessel to an onshore data processing center.
 
    In April 2009, we announced that a 6,100 station FireFly system will be utilized by a super major to undertake two high channel count, multicomponent (full-wave) seismic acquisition programs in northeast Texas.
 
    In April 2009, we announced the first commercial sale of our cable-based ARIES II seismic recording platform to one of the world’s largest geophysical services providers. The sale includes two 5,000 channel ARIES II recording systems that the customer plans to deploy on upcoming, high-channel count seismic surveys.
 
    In May 2009, we announced that an 8,000 station FireFly system will be utilized by Compania Mexicana de Exploraciones (Comesa), an oilfield services company majority-owned by PEMEX, the national oil company of Mexico, on three projects in Mexico.
 
    In May 2009, we announced that we had successfully acquired an additional 6,200 kilometers of regional seismic data offshore India’s western coast as part of our ongoing IndiaSPAN program. Another 3,800 kilometers has since been acquired off the east coast of India.

22


Table of Contents

     Key Financial Metrics. The following table provides an overview of key financial metrics for our company as a whole and our four business segments during the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to those periods one year ago (in thousands, except per share amounts):
                                                 
                    Comparable                     Comparable  
    Three Months Ended     Quarter     Six Months Ended     Year-to-Date  
    June 30,     Increase     June 30,     Increase  
    2009     2008     (Decrease)     2009     2008     (Decrease)  
Net revenues:
                                               
Land Imaging Systems
  $ 30,415     $ 45,820       (33.6 %)   $ 64,597     $ 95,708       (32.5 %)
Marine Imaging Systems
    24,224       50,368       (51.9 %)     42,677       84,856       (49.7 %)
Data Management Solutions
    9,217       9,596       (3.9 %)     16,463       18,762       (12.3 %)
 
                                   
Total ION Systems
    63,856       105,784       (39.6 %)     123,737       199,326       (37.9 %)
ION Solutions Division
    36,654       74,881       (51.1 %)     83,663       121,498       (31.1 %)
 
                                   
Total
  $ 100,510     $ 180,665       (44.4 %)   $ 207,400     $ 320,824       (35.4 %)
 
                                   
 
                                               
Income (loss) from operations:
                                               
Land Imaging Systems
  $ (6,130 )   $ 1,320       (564.4 %)   $ (10,877 )   $ 4,615       (335.7 %)
Marine Imaging Systems
    7,743       11,181       (30.7 %)     10,504       21,182       (50.4 %)
Data Management Solutions
    5,818       5,468       6.4 %     10,248       10,676       (4.0 %)
 
                                   
Total ION Systems
    7,431       17,969       (58.6 %)     9,875       36,473       (72.9 %)
ION Solutions Division
    3,928       16,070       (75.6 %)     9,134       22,297       (59.0 %)
Corporate
    (11,562 )     (14,303 )     (19.2 %)     (25,744 )     (28,739 )     (10.4 %)
Impairment of intangible assets
                0.0 %     (38,044 )           (100.0 %)
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ (203 )   $ 19,736       (101.0 %)   $ (44,779 )   $ 30,031       (249.1 %)
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (11,266 )   $ 15,445             $ (49,709 )   $ 23,073          
 
                                               
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16             $ (0.49 )   $ 0.25          
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ (0.11 )   $ 0.16             $ (0.49 )   $ 0.24          
     We intend that the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations will provide information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from quarter to quarter, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes. Our results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 have been affected by our acquisition of ARAM on September 18, 2008, which may affect the comparability of certain of the financial information contained in this Form 10-Q.
     There are a number of factors that could impact our future operating results and financial condition, and may, if realized, cause our expectations set forth in this Form 10-Q and elsewhere to vary materially from what we anticipate. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” below.
     The information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains references to our trademarks, service marks and registered marks, as indicated. Except where stated otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “VectorSeis,” “GATOR,” “Scorpion,” “SPECTRA,” “Orca,” “ARAM” and “FireFly” refer to our VectorSeis®, GATOR®, Scorpion®, SPECTRA®, Orca®, ARAM® and FireFly® registered marks, and the terms “BasinSPAN,” “DigiFIN,” “DigiSTREAMER” and “ARIES II” refer to our BasinSPAN, DigiFIN, DigiSTREAMER and ARIES II trademarks and service marks.

23


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
     Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
     Net Revenues. Net revenues of $100.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $80.2 million, or 44.4%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Land Imaging Systems’ net revenues decreased by $15.4 million, to $30.4 million compared to $45.8 million in the corresponding period of last year. This decrease related mainly to the continued decreased market demand in North America and Russia for land seismic equipment, partially offset by the sale of FireFly system to the world’s largest land contractor in the second quarter of 2009. Marine Imaging Systems’ net revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2009 decreased by $26.2 million to $24.2 million compared to $50.4 million in the corresponding period of last year, principally due to the decrease in VectorSeis Ocean (VSO) system sales in 2008 which were not repeated during the three months ended June 30, 2009. This decrease was partially offset by multiple sales of our DigiFIN positioning systems. Revenues from our Data Management Solutions segment (our Concept Systems subsidiary) decreased slightly compared to the corresponding period of last year. This decrease was due entirely to the effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations compared to a year ago. Converting those revenues to Data Management Solutions’ domestic currency of British Pounds Sterling, revenues for the second quarter of 2009 increased £1.0 million compared to the second quarter of 2008.
     Our ION Solutions division’s net revenues decreased by $38.2 million, to $36.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $74.9 million in the corresponding quarter of 2008. The results for the second quarter of 2009 reflected decreased multi-client data library and new venture program sales, partially offset by increases in data processing service revenues.
     Gross Profit and Gross Profit Percentage. Gross profit of $33.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $25.0 million, compared to the corresponding period last year. Gross profit percentages for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 32.9% and 32.1%, respectively. The slight increase in gross margin percentage occurred primarily in our Marine Imaging Systems division and is principally due to product mix combined with lower sales of VectorSeis Ocean (VSO) acquisition system equipment compared to prior year. We experienced higher margin sales in our Data Management Solutions segment as well. ION Solutions segment’s gross profit percentage slightly decreased due to product mix, while the Land Imaging Systems business segment showed a decrease in margins primarily due to increased amortization expense related to ARAM’s acquired intangibles, combined with more higher margin sales in the second quarter of 2008 compared with the second quarter of 2009.
     Research, Development and Engineering. Research, development and engineering expense was $10.8 million, or 10.7% of net revenues, for the three months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $1.1 million compared to $11.9 million, or 6.6% of net revenues, for the corresponding period last year. The decrease was due primarily to decreased salary and payroll expenses related to our reduced headcount and lower supply and equipment costs due to the focus on cost reduction during the current market downturn. Based upon the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to continue to incur lower costs related to our research, development and engineering efforts than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.
     Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense of $8.9 million, or 8.9% of net revenues, for the three months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $3.3 million compared to $12.2 million, or 6.8% of net revenues, for the corresponding period last year. The decrease in our sales and marketing expenditures reflects decreased salary and payroll expenses related to our reduced headcount, a decrease in travel expenses as part of our cost reduction measures and a decrease in conventions, exhibits and advertising expenses related to cost reduction measures and the timing of the expenses throughout the year. Based upon the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to continue to incur lower costs related to our marketing and sales efforts than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.
     General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses of $13.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $0.6 million compared to $14.2 million for the second quarter of 2008. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 13.5% and 7.9%, respectively. The slight decrease in general and administrative expense reflects lower operating expenses due to the focus on cost reduction, which was partially offset by the inclusion of ARAM’s expenses in 2009 and increased bad debt expenses. Based upon the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to continue to incur lower costs related to our general and administrative activities than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.

24


Table of Contents

     Interest Expense. Interest expense of $6.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 increased $6.2 million compared to $0.7 million for the second quarter of 2008. The increase is due to the higher levels of outstanding indebtedness and the higher effective interest rate under the Bridge Loan Agreement that we extinguished during the second quarter of 2009 combined with increased revolver borrowings of $98.0 million. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital” below. Because of these increased levels of borrowed indebtedness, our interest expense will continue to be significantly higher in 2009 than we experienced in prior years.
     Other Income (Expense). Other expense for the three months ended June 30, 2009 was $6.4 million compared to other income of $0.3 million for the second quarter of 2008. The other expense for the second quarter of 2009 mainly relates to higher foreign currency exchange losses that primarily resulted from our operations in Canada and in the United Kingdom.
     Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Income tax benefit for the three months ended June 30, 2009 was ($2.5) million compared to income tax expense of $3.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance for a significant portion of our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 19.7% (benefit on a loss) and 17.7% (provision on income), respectively.
     Preferred Stock Dividends. The preferred stock dividend relates to our Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively referred to as the Series D Preferred Stock) that we issued in February 2005, December 2007 and February 2008, respectively. Quarterly dividends must be paid in cash. Dividends are paid at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 5% per annum or (ii) the three month LIBOR rate on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus 21/2% per annum. All dividends paid to date on the Series D Preferred Stock have been paid in cash. The Series D Preferred Stock dividend rate was 5.0% at June 30, 2009.
     Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
     Net Revenues. Net revenues of $207.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $113.4 million, or 35.4%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Land Imaging Systems’ net revenues decreased by $31.1 million, to $64.6 million compared to $95.7 million in the corresponding period of last year. This decrease related mainly to the continued decreased market demand in North America and Russia for land seismic equipment. Marine Imaging Systems’ net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2009 decreased by $42.2 million to $42.7 million compared to $84.9 million in the corresponding period of last year, principally due to the timing of new marine vessels being introduced into the market. This decrease was partially offset by multiple sales of our DigiFIN system and several marine streamer positioning system sales in the second quarter of 2009. Revenues from our Data Management Solutions segment (our Concept Systems subsidiary) of $16.5 million for the first half of 2009 decreased from the $18.8 million in revenues for the corresponding period of last year. This decrease was due entirely to the effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations compared to a year ago. Converting those revenues to Data Management Solutions’ domestic currency of British Pounds Sterling, revenues for the first quarter of 2009 increased £1.4 million compared to the first half of 2008.
     Our ION Solutions division’s net revenues decreased by $37.8 million, to $83.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $121.5 million in the corresponding period of 2008. The results for the first half of 2009 reflected decreased multi-client data library and new venture program sales, partially offset by increases in data processing service revenues.
     Gross Profit and Gross Profit Percentage. Gross profit of $66.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $39.7 million, compared to the corresponding period last year. Gross profit percentages for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 32.2% and 33.2%, respectively. The gross margin remained stable, despite decreases in the margins of our Land Imaging Systems division, which were principally due to increased amortization expense related to ARAM’s acquired intangibles. We experienced higher margin sales in both our Data Management Solutions and our Marine Imaging Systems segments compared to the prior year. ION Solutions segment’s gross profit percentage slightly decreased primarily due to product mix sold for the quarter.
     Research, Development and Engineering. Research, development and engineering expense was $22.2 million, or 10.7% of net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $1.8 million compared to $24.0 million, or 7.5% of net revenues, for the corresponding period last year. The decrease was due primarily to decreased salary and payroll expenses related to our reduced headcount and lower supply and equipment costs due to the focus on cost reduction during the current market downturn. Based upon

25


Table of Contents

the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to incur lower costs related to our research, development and engineering efforts than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.
     Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense of $18.7 million, or 9.0% of net revenues, for the six months ended June 30, 2009 decreased $4.7 million compared to $23.4 million, or 7.3% of net revenues, for the corresponding period last year. The decrease in our sales and marketing expenditures reflects decreased salary and payroll expenses related to our reduced headcount, a decrease in travel expenses as part of our cost reduction measures and a decrease in conventions, exhibits and advertising expenses related to cost reduction measures and the timing of the expenses throughout the year. Based upon the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to continue to incur lower costs related to our marketing and sales efforts than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.
     General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses of $32.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 increased $3.6 million compared to $29.0 million for the first six months of 2008. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 15.7% and 9.0%, respectively. The increase in general and administrative expense reflects the inclusion of ARAM’s expenses in 2009, severance charges related to the recent reductions in headcount and increased bad debt expenses. Based upon the recently initiated restructuring programs, we expect to continue to incur lower costs related to our general and administrative activities than in prior periods as mentioned in Item 2. “— Executive Summary” above.
     Impairment of Intangible Assets. At March 31, 2009, we further evaluated our intangible assets for potential impairment. Based upon our evaluation and given the current market conditions, we determined that approximately $38.0 million of proprietary technology and customer relationships (written off entirely) related to ARAM acquired intangibles were impaired. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.1 million related to ARAM’s customer relationships, trade name and non-compete agreements. Our net book value associated with ARAM’s acquired intangibles is $34.3 million at June 30, 2009 and has a remaining weighted average life of 6.7 years.
     Interest Expense. Interest expense of $14.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 increased $13.2 million compared to $1.1 million for the first quarter of 2008. The increase is due to the higher levels of outstanding indebtedness and the higher effective interest rate of the Bridge Loan Agreement that we extinguished in the second quarter of 2009, combined with increased revolver borrowings of $98.0 million. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital” below. Because of these increased levels of borrowed indebtedness, our interest expense will continue to be significantly higher in 2009 than we experienced in prior years.
     Other Income (Expense). Other expense for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was $6.4 million compared to other income of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The other expense for the six months ended June 30, 2009 mainly relates to higher foreign currency exchange losses that primarily resulted from our operations in Canada and in the United Kingdom.
     Income Tax Expense (Benefit). Income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was ($16.5) million compared to income tax expense of $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance for a significant portion of our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were 25.6% (benefit on a loss) and 18.3% (provision on income), respectively. The increase in our effective tax rate relates primarily to the tax benefit related to the further impairment of intangible assets (discussed above), which is taxed at 29%. The inclusion of this benefit at the higher rate increased the overall effective tax rate for the six month period. See Note 10 “— Income Taxes” of Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources of Capital
     Our cash requirements include our working capital requirements, debt service payments, dividend payments on our preferred stock, data acquisitions and capital expenditures. In recent years, our primary sources of funds have been cash flow from operations, existing cash balances, equity issuances and our revolving credit facility (see ” — Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan Facilities” below).

26


Table of Contents

     At June 30, 2009, our outstanding credit facilities and debt consisted of:
    Our Amended Credit Facility, comprised of:
    An amended revolving line of credit sub-facility; and
 
    A $125.0 million original principal amount term loan;
    A secured equipment financing; and
 
    A $35.0 million Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note.
     Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan Facilities. In July 2008, we, ION Sàrl, and certain of our domestic and other foreign subsidiaries (as guarantors) entered into a $100 million amended and restated revolving credit facility under the terms of an amended credit agreement with our commercial bank lenders (this agreement, as it has been further amended, is referred to as the “Amended Credit Agreement”). This amended and restated revolving credit facility provided us with additional flexibility for our international capital needs by not only permitting borrowings by ION Sàrl under the facility but also providing us and ION Sàrl the ability to borrow in alternative currencies.
     Under the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement, up to $60.0 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) is available for non-U.S. borrowings by ION Sàrl and up to $75.0 million is available for domestic borrowings; however, the total level of outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility cannot exceed $100.0 million. The Amended Credit Agreement includes provisions for an accordion feature, under which the total lenders’ commitments following September 2009 under the Amended Credit Agreement could be increased by up to $40.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.
     On September 17, 2008, we added a new $125.0 million term loan sub-facility under the Amended Credit Agreement, and borrowed $125.0 million in term loan indebtedness and $72.0 million under the revolving credit sub-facility to fund a portion of the cash consideration for the ARAM acquisition.
     The interest rate on borrowings under our Amended Credit Facility is, at our option, (i) an alternate base rate (either the prime rate of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., or a federals funds effective rate plus 0.50%, plus an applicable interest margin) or (ii) for Eurodollar borrowings and borrowings in Euros, pounds sterling or Canadian dollars, a LIBOR-based rate, plus an applicable interest margin. The amount of the applicable interest margin is determined by reference to a leverage ratio of total funded debt to consolidated EBITDA for the four most recent trailing fiscal quarters. The interest rate margins currently range from 2.875% to 5.5% for alternate base rate borrowings, and from 3.875% to 6.5% for Eurodollar borrowings. As of June 30, 2009, $110.9 million in term loan indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility accrued interest at the then-applicable LIBOR-based interest rate of 6.2% per annum, while $98.0 million in total revolving credit indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility accrued interest at the then-applicable LIBOR-based interest rate of 5.6% per annum. The average effective interest rates for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 under the LIBOR-based rates for the term loan indebtedness and the Amended Credit Facility were 6.2% and 5.5%, respectively.
     At March 31, 2009, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the terms of the Amended Credit Facility and the Bridge Loan Agreement. However, based upon our first quarter results and our then-current operating forecast for the remainder of 2009, we determined that it was probable that, if we did not take any mitigating actions, we would not be in compliance with one or more of our financial covenants under those two debt agreements for the period ending September 30, 2009. As a result, we approached the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility to obtain amendments to relax certain of these financial covenants and pursued the private placement of our common stock, which, along with our cash on hand, we believed would generate sufficient funds to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement. See further discussion of the private placement offering below and at Note 8 “— Issuance of Common Stock” in our Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
     In June 2009, we entered into an additional amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to our Amended Credit Facility that, among other things, modified certain of the financial and other covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility and repaid the Bridge Loan Agreement indebtedness. At June 30, 2009, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants under the terms of our Amended Credit Facility, and we expect to remain in compliance for the remainder of 2009.

27


Table of Contents

     The principal modifications, excluding the amended debt covenants listed below, to the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement resulting from the Fifth Amendment were as follows:
    The Fifth Amendment provided for an increase in applicable maximum interest rate margins in the event that our leverage ratio exceeds 2.25 to 1.0 — from 4.5% to up to 5.5% for alternate base rate loans, and from 5.5% to up to 6.5% for LIBOR-rate loans;
 
    The Fifth Amendment modified a restricted payments covenant, permitting us to apply up to $6.0 million of its available cash on hand to prepay the indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement;
 
    The Fifth Amendment contained a new defined term —“Excess Cash Flow,” and now requires us to apply 50% of our Excess Cash Flow, if any, calculated with respect to a just-completed fiscal year, to the prepayment of the term loan under the Amended Credit Agreement if our fixed charge coverage ratio or our leverage ratio for the just-completed fiscal year does not meet certain requirements; and
 
    The Fifth Amendment modifies Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement to (i) prohibit increases in the revolving commitments under the Amended Credit Facility until we have delivered our compliance certificate for the period ending September 30, 2009, and then only if certain fixed charge coverage ratio and leverage ratio requirements are met, and (ii) reduce the maximum revolving credit facility amount to which the Amended Credit Facility can be increased to $140.0 million.
     The Amended Credit Agreement contains covenants that restrict us, subject to certain exceptions, from:
    Incurring additional indebtedness (including capital lease obligations), granting or incurring additional liens on our properties, pledging shares of our subsidiaries, entering into certain merger or other similar transactions, entering into transactions with affiliates, making certain sales or other dispositions of assets, making certain investments, acquiring other businesses and entering into certain sale-leaseback transactions with respect to certain of our properties;
 
    Paying cash dividends on our common stock and repurchasing and acquiring shares of our common stock unless (i) there is no event of default under the Amended Credit Facility and (ii) the amount of cash used for cash dividends, repurchases and acquisitions does not, in the aggregate, exceed an amount equal to the excess of 30% of our domestic consolidated net income for our most recently completed fiscal year over $15.0 million.
     The Amended Credit Facility requires us to be in compliance with certain financial covenants, including requirements for us and our domestic subsidiaries to:
    maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (which must be not less than 1.50 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 1.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009; 1.10 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009; 1.15 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010; 1.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010; 1.35 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 1.50 to 1.0 the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter);
 
    not exceed a maximum leverage ratio (2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 3.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009; 2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010; 2.5 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 2.25 to 1.0 the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter); and
 
    maintain a minimum tangible net worth of at least 80% of our tangible net worth as of September 18, 2008 (the date that we completed our acquisition of ARAM), plus 50% of our consolidated net income for each quarter thereafter, and 80% of the proceeds from any mandatorily convertible notes and preferred and common stock issuances for each quarter thereafter.
     The $125.0 million original principal amount of term loan indebtedness borrowed under the Amended Credit Facility is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments of $4.7 million per quarter until December 31, 2010. On that date, the quarterly principal

28


Table of Contents

amortization increases to $6.3 million per quarter until December 31, 2012, when the quarterly principal amortization amount increases to $9.4 million for each quarter until maturity on September 17, 2013. The term loan indebtedness matures on September 17, 2013, but the administrative agent under the Amended Credit Facility may accelerate the maturity date to a date that is six months prior to the maturity date of any additional debt financing that we may incur to refinance certain indebtedness incurred in connection with the ARAM acquisition, by giving us written notice of such acceleration between September 17, 2012 and October 17, 2012.
     The Amended Credit Facility contains customary event of default provisions (including an event of default upon any “change of control” event affecting us), the occurrence of which could lead to an acceleration of ION’s obligations under the Amended Credit Facility.
     Revolving credit borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility are available to fund our working capital needs, to finance acquisitions, investments and share repurchases and for general corporate purposes. In addition, the Amended Credit Facility includes a $35.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of documentary and stand-by letters of credit, of which $1.8 million was outstanding at June 30, 2009. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Facility may be prepaid without penalty. As of July 29, 2009, we had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used only to fund additional letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility. Our cash and cash equivalents as of July 29, 2009 were approximately $34.0 million compared to $36.6 million at June 30, 2009.
     Borrowings under the revolving credit sub-facility are not subject to a borrowing base. The Amended Credit Facility includes an accordion feature under which the total commitments under the Amended Credit Agreement could be increased by up to $40.0 million after September 30, 2009, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Amended Credit Facility also permits us to pursue certain sale/leaseback financing in order to finance leases of land seismic data acquisition systems and related equipment to our customers.
     Our obligations and those of ION Sàrl under the Amended Credit Facility are guaranteed by certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries. These obligations and guarantees are secured by security interests in stock of our domestic guarantors and certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, and by substantially all of our other assets (other than assets comprising the collateral for the new secured equipment financing discussed below).
     Bridge Loan. On December 30, 2008, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries (as guarantors) entered into the Bridge Loan Agreement with Jefferies. Under this Bridge Loan Agreement, we borrowed $40.8 million in unsecured to refinance certain outstanding short-term indebtedness that we had borrowed from Jefferies, in connection with the completion of the ARAM acquisition in September 2008. The maturity date of the Bridge Loan Agreement was January 31, 2010. As described above, we repaid the entire outstanding principal balance of $40.8 million in June 2009. The effective interest rate at the time of repayment was 25.3%.
     Secured Equipment Financing. On June 29, 2009, we entered into a $20.0 million secured equipment financing transaction with ICON ION, LLC (the “Lender”), an affiliate of ICON Capital Inc. Two master loan agreements were entered into with ICON in connection with this transaction: (i) we, ARAM Rentals Corporation, a Nova Scotia unlimited company (“ARC”), and ICON entered into a Canadian Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 with regard to certain equipment leased to customers by ARC, and (ii) the Company, ARAM Seismic Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ASRI”), and ICON entered into a Master Loan and Security Agreement (U.S.) dated as of June 29, 2009 with regard to certain equipment leased to customers by ASRI (collectively, the “ICON Loan Agreements”). All borrowed indebtedness under the ICON Loan Agreements is scheduled to mature on July 31, 2014. We and our subsidiaries intend to use the proceeds of the secured term loans for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     Under the terms of the ICON Loan Agreements, ICON advanced $12.5 million on June 29, 2009 and $7.5 million on July 20, 2009. The indebtedness under the ICON Loan Agreements is secured by first-priority liens in (a) certain of our ARAM seismic rental equipment located in the United States and Canada (subject to certain exceptions), and certain additional and replacement seismic equipment, (b) written leases or other agreements evidencing payment obligations relating to the leasing by ARC or ASRI of this equipment to their respective customers, including their related receivables, (c) the cash or cash equivalents held by such subsidiaries and (d) any proceeds thereof.
     The obligations of each of ARC and ASRI under the ICON Loan Agreements are guaranteed by us under a Guaranty dated as of June 29, 2009 (the “ICON Guaranty”). The ICON Loan Agreements and the ICON Guaranty constitute permitted indebtedness under

29


Table of Contents

our current commercial banking credit facility.
     Under both ICON Loan Agreements, interest on the outstanding principal amount will accrue at a fixed interest rate of 15% per annum calculated monthly, and is payable monthly on the first day of each month. Principal and interest are payable, commencing on September 1, 2009, in 60 monthly installments until the maturity date, when all remaining outstanding principal and interest will be due and payable. Pursuant to the ICON Loan Agreements, in connection with the closing in June 2009, ARC and ASRI paid ICON a non-refundable upfront fee of $0.3 million. In addition, ICON will receive an administrative fee equal to 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of advances under the ICON Loan Agreements, payable at the end of each of the first four years during their terms. Inclusive of these additional fees, the effective interest rate on the ICON loan was 16.6% as of June 30, 2009.
     Beginning on August 1, 2012, and continuing until January 31, 2014, we may prepay the outstanding principal balances of the loans in full by giving ICON 30 days’ prior written notice and paying a prepayment fee equal to 3.0% of the then-outstanding principal amount of the loans. Commencing on February 1, 2014, the loans may be prepaid in full without payment of any prepayment penalty or fee, subject to our giving ICON 30 days’ prior written notice.
     Amended and Restated Subordinated Seller Note. As part of the purchase price for the ARAM acquisition, our acquisition subsidiary (“ION Sub”) issued an unsecured senior promissory note (the “Senior Seller Note”) in the original principal amount of $35.0 million to Maison Mazel Ltd., one of the selling shareholders of ARAM. On December 30, 2008, in connection with other acquisition refinancing transactions that were completed on that date, the Senior Seller Note was amended and restated through an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note (“the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note”) issued to Maison Mazel, the selling shareholder. The principal amount of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note is $35.0 million and matures on September 17, 2013. We also entered into a guaranty dated December 30, 2008, whereby we guaranteed on a subordinated basis ION Sub’s repayment obligations under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note. Interest on the outstanding principal amount under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note accrues at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, and is payable quarterly.
     The terms of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note provide that the particular covenants contained in the Amended Credit Agreement (or in any successor agreement or instrument) that restricts our ability to incur additional indebtedness will be incorporated into the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note. However, under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note, neither Maison Mazel nor any other holder of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note will have a separate right to consent to or approve any amendment or waiver of the covenant as contained in the Amended Credit Facility.
     In addition, ION Sub agreed that if it incurs indebtedness under any financing that:
    qualifies as “Long Term Junior Financing” (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement),
 
    results from a refinancing or replacement of the Amended Credit Facility such that the aggregate principal indebtedness (including revolving commitments) thereunder would be in excess of $275.0 million, or
 
    qualifies as unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money that is evidenced by notes or debentures, has a maturity date of at least five years after the date of its issuance and results in total gross cash proceeds to us of not less than $45.0 million ($40.0 million after the Bridge Loan has been paid in full),
then ION Sub will be obligated to repay in full from the total proceeds from such financing the then-outstanding principal of and interest on the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note.
     The indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note is subordinated to the prior payment in full of our “Senior Obligations,” which are defined in the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note as the principal, premium (if any), interest and other amounts that become due in connection with:
    our obligations under the Amended Credit Facility,
 
    our liabilities with respect to capital leases and obligations under our facility sale-leaseback facility that qualify as a “Sale/Leaseback Agreement” (as that term is defined in the Amended Credit Agreement),

30


Table of Contents

    guarantees of the indebtedness described above, and
 
    debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in exchange for, or in the refinancing of, the Senior Obligations described above, or any indebtedness arising from the payment and satisfaction of any Senior Obligations by a guarantor.
     Effective April 9, 2009, (i) ION Sub transferred the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note to us and we assumed in full the obligations of ION Sub under such note, and (ii) our guaranty of payment of the indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note was terminated. ION Sub was also released from its obligations under the Amended and Restated Promissory Note by Maison Mazel.
     Subordinated Seller Note. As part of the purchase price for the ARAM acquisition in September 2008, ION Sub also had issued to Maison Mazel a $10.0 million original principal amount unsecured Subordinated Seller Promissory Note. In connection with the refinancing transactions that occurred in December 2008, our obligations and those of ION Sub under the Subordinated Seller Note were terminated and extinguished in exchange for our assignment to Maison Mazel of our rights to a Canadian government tax refund (the “Refund Claim”). However, while the indebtedness under this note was legally extinguished, the liability for financial accounting purposes could not be extinguished on our consolidated balance sheet and was subsequently included as short-term debt. In May 2009, we received and submitted the final Refund Claim to one of the selling shareholders of ARAM. In June 2009, we paid to Maison Mazel the remaining amount of this liability of $0.7 million.
     Private Placement of 18.5 Million Shares of Common Stock. On June 4, 2009, we completed the offering and sale of 18,500,000 shares of our common stock in privately-negotiated transactions with several institutional investors. The purchase price per share of common stock sold was $2.20, representing total gross proceeds of approximately $40.7 million. The net proceeds from the offering of $38.2 million were applied, along with $2.6 million of our cash on hand, to repay in full the outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan Agreement. In accordance with the terms of the stock purchase agreements, we filed with the SEC on June 11, 2009, a registration statement with respect to potential resale of the shares purchased by the investors, which registration statement was declared effective on June 19, 2009. The offering and sale by us of the shares of common stock in the private placement were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of that Act.
     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock. During 2005, we entered into an Agreement dated February 15, 2005 with Fletcher International, Ltd. (“Fletcher”) (this Agreement, as amended to the date hereof, is referred to as the “Fletcher Agreement”) and issued to Fletcher 30,000 shares of our Series D-1 Preferred Stock in a privately-negotiated transaction, receiving $29.8 million in net proceeds. The Fletcher Agreement also provided to Fletcher an option to purchase up to an additional 40,000 shares of additional series of preferred stock from time to time, with each series having a conversion price that would be equal to 122% of an average daily volume-weighted market price of our common stock over a trailing period of days at the time of issuance of that series. In 2007 and 2008, Fletcher exercised this option and purchased 5,000 shares of Series D-2 Preferred Stock for $5.0 million (in December 2007) and the remaining 35,000 shares of Series D-3 Preferred Stock for $35.0 million (in February 2008). Fletcher remains the sole holder of all of our outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock. Dividends on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock must be paid in cash.
     Under the Fletcher Agreement, if a 20-day volume-weighted average trading price per share of our common stock fell below $4.4517 (the “Minimum Price”), we were required to deliver a notice (the “Reset Notice”) to Fletcher. On November 28, 2008, the 20-day volume-weighted average trading price per share of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the previous 20 trading days was calculated to be $4.328, and we delivered the Reset Notice to Fletcher in accordance with the terms of the Fletcher Agreement. In the Reset Notice, we elected to reset the conversion prices for the Series D Preferred Stock to the Minimum Price ($4.4517 per share), and Fletcher’s redemption rights were terminated. The adjusted conversion price resulting from this election was effective on November 28, 2008.
     In addition, under the Fletcher Agreement, the aggregate number of shares of common stock issued or issuable to Fletcher upon conversion or redemption of, or as dividends paid on, the Series D Preferred Stock could not exceed a designated maximum number of shares (the “Maximum Number”), and such Maximum Number could be increased by Fletcher providing us with a 65-day notice of increase, but under no circumstance could the total number of shares of common stock issued or issuable to Fletcher with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock ever exceed 15,724,306 shares. The Fletcher Agreement had designated 7,669,434 shares as the original Maximum Number. On November 28, 2008, Fletcher delivered a notice to us to increase the Maximum Number to 9,669,434 shares,

31


Table of Contents

effective February 1, 2009.
     The conversion prices and number of shares of common stock to be acquired upon conversion are also subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Converting the shares of Series D Preferred Stock at one time could result in significant dilution to our stockholders that could limit our ability to raise additional capital. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” below.
     Meeting our Liquidity Requirements. As of December 31, 2008, our total outstanding indebtedness (including capital lease obligations) was $291.9 million and included $120.3 million in borrowings under our term loans and $66.0 million of revolving credit indebtedness under our Amended Credit Facility, $40.8 million under the Bridge Loan Agreement and $35.0 million of subordinated indebtedness under our Amended and Restated Subordinated Note. As of June 30, 2009, our total outstanding indebtedness (including capital lease obligations) had been reduced to approximately $270.6 million, consisting of approximately $110.9 million in borrowings under the term loans and $98.0 million in revolving credit indebtedness under the Amended Credit Facility, $12.5 million of borrowings under our new secured equipment financing and $35.0 million of outstanding subordinated indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Subordinated Note. The repayment in full in June 2009 of the Bridge Loan Agreement indebtedness was significant because it represented at that time short-term indebtedness scheduled to mature in January 2010. Inclusive of the additional fees (and an upfront fee previously paid of 5.0% ), the effective interest rate was 25.3% at the time of repayment. Currently, by their terms, none of our principal debt facilities mature prior to 2013.
     As a result of our entering into the Fifth Amendment to our Amended Credit Facility, we expect to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Amended Credit Facility for the remainder of 2009. Also, with the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Bridge Loan Agreement and our entering into the secured equipment financing transaction, we believe that our cash on hand and cash generated from our operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the remainder of 2009. See “— Revolving Line of Credit and Term Loan Facilities” above.
     However, there are certain scenarios and events beyond our control, such as lack of improvement in E&P company and seismic contractor spending, lack of improvement in our operating results, significant write-downs of accounts receivable or inventories, changes in certain currency exchange rates and other factors, that could cause us to fall out of compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility for the period ending September 30, 2009. Our failure to comply with such covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and debt service capabilities. If we were not able to satisfy all of these covenants, we would need to seek to amend, or seek one or more waivers of, those covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments, in which case we would likely seek to obtain new secured debt, unsecured debt or equity financing. However, there also can be no assurance that such debt or equity financing would be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the event that we would need to amend the Amended Credit Facility, or obtain new financing, we would likely incur up front fees and higher interest costs and other terms in the amendment would likely be less favorable to us than those currently provided under the Amended Credit Facility.
     As of June 30, 2009 and July 29, 2009, we had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used only to fund further letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility. Our cash and cash equivalents as of July 29, 2009 were approximately $34.0 million compared to $36.6 million at June 30, 2009.
     Although we are still evaluating the impact of the current credit crisis and decline in commodity prices on our company, we expect that our capital expenditures in 2009 will be reduced from 2008 levels. If there continues to be a significant lessening in demand for our products and services as a result of any prolonged declines in the long-term expected price of oil and natural gas, we may see a further reduction in our own capital expenditures, which will, in turn, lessen our requirements for working capital. This reduction could therefore generate operating cash flows and liquidity compared to the prior period and offset reduced cash generated from operations (excluding working capital changes). We are currently projecting our capital expenditures for the remainder of 2009 to be in the range of $90 million to $95 million. Of that amount, we are estimating that approximately $80 million to $85 million will be spent on investments in our multi-client data library, but we are anticipating that most of these investments will be underwritten by our customers. To the extent our customers’ commitments do not reach an acceptable level of pre-funding, the amount of our anticipated investment could significantly decline. The remaining sums are expected to be funded from our internally generated cash.

32


Table of Contents

Cash Flow from Operations
     We have historically financed operations from internally generated cash and funds from equity and debt financings. Cash and cash equivalents were $36.6 million at June 30, 2009, an increase of $1.4 million from December 31, 2008. Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $38.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $13.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The cash provided by our operating activities was primarily driven by increased collections on our receivables and a decrease in our unbilled receivables due to timing of sales and invoicing. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in our accounts payable and accrued expenses associated with payments of our obligations.
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
     Net cash flow used in investing activities was $47.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $64.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The principal uses of cash in our investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009 were $45.6 million for investments in our multi-client data library compared to $57.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2008.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
     Net cash flow provided by financing activities was $10.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, compared to $33.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008. The net cash flow provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily related to $32.0 million of borrowings on our revolving credit facility, the net proceeds from the ICON Loan Agreements of $11.8 million, and the net proceeds of $38.2 million from the private placement of our common stock. This cash inflow was partially offset by scheduled principal payments on our term loan, the prepayment of the principal balance on the Bridge Loan Agreement and payments under our other notes payable and capital lease obligations all totaling $66.2 million. Additionally, we paid $1.8 million in cash dividends on our outstanding Series D-1, Series D-2 and Series D-3 Preferred Stock and $3.8 million in financing costs related to the Fifth Amendment on our Amended Credit Facility during the six months ended June 30, 2009.
Inflation and Seasonality
     Inflation in recent years has not had a material effect on our costs of goods or labor or the prices for our products or services. Traditionally, our business has been seasonal, with strongest demand in the second half of our fiscal year. However, we anticipate that, due to the state of the current financial markets, the slowdown in the economy and the decline in commodity prices, we will likely not experience the level of normal seasonal year-end spending by oil and gas companies and seismic contractor customers due to these customers taking a more conservative approach and lowering their spending plans for the remainder of 2009.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
     General. Please refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, for a complete discussion of our other significant accounting policies and estimates. There have been no material changes in the current period regarding our critical accounting policies and estimates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     See Note 15 of Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Credit and Foreign Sales Risks
     The majority of our foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars. Product revenues are allocated to geographical locations on the basis of the ultimate destination of the equipment, if known. If the ultimate destination of such equipment is not known, product revenues are allocated to the geographical location of initial shipment. Service revenues primarily relate to our ION Solutions division are allocated based upon the billing location of the customer. For the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, international sales comprised 61% and 60%, respectively of total net revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, we recognized $32.2 million of sales to customers in Europe, $36.4 million of sales to customers in Asia Pacific, $25.6 million of sales to customers

33


Table of Contents

in the Middle East, $14.0 million of sales to customers in Latin American countries, $3.1 million of sales to customers in the Commonwealth of Independent States, or former Soviet Union (CIS) and $14.4 million of sales to customers in Africa. In recent years, the CIS and certain Latin American countries have experienced economic problems and uncertainties. However, given the recent market downturn, more countries and areas of the world have also begun to experience economic problems and uncertainties. To the extent that world events or economic conditions negatively affect our future sales to customers in these and other regions of the world or the collectibility of our existing receivables, our future results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition may be adversely affected. We currently require customers in these higher risk countries to provide their own financing and in some cases assist the customer in organizing international financing and export-import credit guarantees provided by the United States government. We do not currently extend long-term credit through notes to companies in countries we consider to be inappropriate for credit risk purposes.
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
     Please refer to Item 7A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, for a discussion regarding the Company’s quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk. There have been no material changes to those disclosures during the six months ended June 30, 2009.
     Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk. Our operations are conducted in various countries around the world, and we receive revenue from these operations in a number of different currencies with the most significant of our international operations using Canadian dollars (CAD) and pounds sterling (GBP). As such, our earnings are subject to movements in foreign currency exchange rates when transactions are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which is our functional currency, or the functional currency of many of our subsidiaries, which is not necessarily the U.S. dollar. To the extent that transactions of these subsidiaries are settled in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, a devaluation of these currencies versus the U.S. dollar could reduce the contribution from these subsidiaries to our consolidated results of operations as reported in U.S. dollars.
     Through our subsidiaries, we operate in a wide variety of jurisdictions, including United Kingdom, Canada, the Netherlands, China, Venezuela, India, Russia, the United Arab Emirates, and other countries. Our financial results may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2009 reflected approximately $58.1 million of net working capital related to our foreign subsidiaries. A majority of our foreign net working capital is within Canada and the United Kingdom. The subsidiaries in those countries receive their income and pay their expenses primarily in CDN and GBP, respectively. To the extent that transactions of these subsidiaries are settled in CDN or GBP, a devaluation of these currencies versus the U.S. dollar could reduce the contribution from these subsidiaries to our consolidated results of operations as reported in U.S. dollars.
     Interest Rate Risk. On June 30, 2009, we had outstanding total indebtedness of approximately $270.6 million, including capital lease obligations. Of that indebtedness, approximately $208.9 million accrues interest under rates that fluctuate based upon market rates plus an applicable margin. The $110.9 million in term loan indebtedness and $98.0 million in total revolving credit indebtedness outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility accrued interest using the LIBOR-based interest rate of 6.2% and 5.6%, respectively, per annum. The average effective interest rate for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 under the LIBOR-based rates for the term loan indebtedness and the revolving credit loans were 6.2% and 5.5%, respectively. Each 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would have the effect of increasing the annual amount of interest to be paid by approximately $2.1 million.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
     Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of June 30, 2009. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that as of June 30, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to our company, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our SEC reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

34


Table of Contents

     Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act that was conducted during the prior fiscal quarter, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.
     On June 12, 2009, WesternGeco L.L.C. (“WesternGeco”) filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. In the lawsuit, styled WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical Corporation, WesternGeco alleges that we have infringed several United States patents regarding marine seismic streamer steering devices that are owned by WesternGeco. WesternGeco is seeking unspecified monetary damages and an injunction prohibiting us from making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying any infringing products in the United States. Based on our review of the lawsuit filed by WesternGeco and the WesternGeco patents at issue, we believe that our products do not infringe any WesternGeco patents, that the claims asserted by WesternGeco are without merit and that the ultimate outcome of the claims will not result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We intend to defend the claims against us vigorously.
     On June 16, 2009, we filed an answer and counterclaims against WesternGeco, in which we deny that we have infringed WesternGeco’s patents and assert that the WesternGeco patents are invalid or unenforceable. We also assert that WesternGeco’s Q-Marine system, components and technology infringe upon our United States patent related to marine seismic streamer steering devices. We also assert that WesternGeco misappropriated our proprietary technology and breached a confidentiality agreement by using our technology in its patents and products and that WesternGeco tortiously interfered with our relationship with our customers. In addition, we are claiming that the lawsuit by WesternGeco is an illegal attempt by WesternGeco to control and restrict competition in the market for marine seismic surveys performed using laterally steerable streamers. We are requesting various remedies and relief, including a declaration that the WesternGeco patents are invalid or unenforceable, an injunction prohibiting WesternGeco from making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying any infringing products in the United States, a declaration that the WesternGeco patents should be co-owned by us, and an award of unspecified monetary damages.
     On July 10, 2009, Fletcher International, Ltd. (“Fletcher”), the holder of shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, filed a “books and records” proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery under Section 220(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law asking the Court to require us to produce a broad range of our documents and records for inspection. Section 220(b) allows stockholders of Delaware corporations to make a demand on the corporation for access to certain books and records of the corporation, provided that such demand is made with appropriate specificity and is made for a proper purpose. We intend to vigorously defend this proceeding with respect to information that we believe has not been requested with appropriate specificity or for a proper purpose as required by law.
     We have been named in various other lawsuits or threatened actions that are incidental to our ordinary business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, cause us to incur costs and expenses, require significant amounts of management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources. The results of these lawsuits and actions cannot be predicted with certainty. We currently believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

35


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors.
     This report contains or incorporates by reference statements concerning our future results and performance and other matters that are “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. Examples of other forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this report include statements regarding:
    the expected effects of current and future worldwide economic conditions and demand for oil and natural gas and seismic equipment and services;
 
    future compliance with our debt financial covenants;
 
    future availability of cash to fund our operations and pay our obligations;
 
    the timing of anticipated sales;
 
    future levels of spending by our customers;
 
    future oil and gas commodity prices;
 
    future cash needs and future sources of cash, including availability under our revolving line of credit facility;
 
    expected net revenues, income from operations and net income;
 
    our expectations for future sources of financing the refinancing of our existing indebtedness;
 
    expected gross margins for our products and services;
 
    future benefits to our customers to be derived from new products and services, such as Scorpion and FireFly and our full-wave digital products and services;
 
    future growth rates for certain of our products and services;
 
    future sales to our significant customers;
 
    our ability to continue to leverage our costs by growing our revenues and earnings;
 
    the degree and rate of future market acceptance of our new products and services;
 
    expectations regarding future mix of business and future asset recoveries;
 
    our expectations regarding oil and gas exploration and production companies and contractor end-users purchasing our more expensive, more technologically advanced products and services;
 
    the degree and rate of future market acceptance of our new products and services;
 
    expectations regarding future mix of business and future asset recoveries;

36


Table of Contents

    anticipated timing and success of commercialization and capabilities of products and services under development and start- up costs associated with their development;
 
    expected improved operational efficiencies from our full-wave digital products and services;
 
    potential future acquisitions;
 
    future levels of capital expenditures;
 
    our ability to maintain our costs at consistent percentages of our revenues in the future;
 
    our ability to leverage our costs in the future by growing our revenues and earnings;
 
    the outcome of pending or threatened disputes and other contingencies;
 
    future demand for seismic equipment and services;
 
    future seismic industry fundamentals;
 
    the adequacy of our future liquidity and capital resources;
 
    future oil and gas commodity prices;
 
    future opportunities for new products and projected research and development expenses;
 
    success in integrating our acquired businesses;
 
    expectations regarding realization of deferred tax assets; and
 
    anticipated results regarding accounting estimates we make.
     These forward-looking statements reflect our best judgment about future events and trends based on the information currently available to us. Our results of operations can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we make or by risks and uncertainties known or unknown to us. Therefore, we cannot guarantee the accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Actual events and results of operations may vary materially from our current expectations and assumptions.
     Information regarding factors that may cause actual results to vary from our expectations, called “risk factors,” appears in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 in Part II, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 in Part II, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” Other than as set forth below, there have been no material changes from the risk factors previously disclosed in that Form 10-K and Form 10-Q.
     We have a substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness, and we will need to pay or refinance our existing indebtedness or incur additional indebtedness, which may adversely affect our operations.
     As of June 30, 2009, we had outstanding total indebtedness of approximately $270.6 million, including capital lease obligations. Total indebtedness on that date included $110.9 million in borrowings under five-year term indebtedness and $98.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, in each case incurred under our Amended Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2009, we had entered into a secured equipment financing transaction and had borrowed $12.5 million. On July 20, 2009, we borrowed another $7.5 million under the secured equipment financing. In addition, as of June 30, 2009, we had $35.0 million of subordinated indebtedness outstanding under an Amended and Restated Subordinated Note that we issued to one of ARAM’s selling shareholders in exchange for a previous promissory note we had issued to that selling shareholder as part of the purchase price consideration for the acquisition of ARAM.

37


Table of Contents

     As of June 30, 2009 and July 29, 2009, we had available $0.2 million of additional revolving credit borrowing capacity, which can be used solely to fund additional letters of credit under the Amended Credit Facility.
     Our substantial levels of indebtedness and our other financial obligations increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due, in respect of our outstanding indebtedness. Our substantial debt could also have other significant consequences. For example, it could:
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic, competitive and industry conditions;
 
    limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes on satisfactory terms, or at all;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available to us for operations and any future business opportunities;
 
    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our Amended Credit Facility, are at variable rates of interest;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;
 
    limit our planning flexibility for, or ability to react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
    limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions; and
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors who may have less indebtedness or greater access to financing.
     Our ability to obtain any financing, including any additional debt financing, whether through the issuance of new debt securities or otherwise, and the terms of any such financing are dependent on, among other things, our financial condition, financial market conditions within our industry, credit ratings and numerous other factors. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms or within an acceptable time, if at all. If we are unable to obtain financing on terms and within a time acceptable to us (or to negotiate extensions with our lenders on terms acceptable to us), it could, in addition to other negative effects, have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition, ability to compete or ability to comply with regulatory requirements. Such defaults, if not rescinded or cured, would have a materially adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and cash flows.
To comply with our indebtedness and other obligations, we will require a significant amount of cash and will be required to satisfy certain debt financial covenants. Our ability to generate cash and satisfy debt covenants depends on many factors beyond our control.
     Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including our acquisition debt, and to fund our working capital needs and planned capital expenditures, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control.
     We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Amended Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our acquisition debt, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We will need to repay or refinance our indebtedness, including our acquisition debt, on or before the maturity thereof. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
     In addition, if for any reason we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we would be in default under the terms of our agreements governing our outstanding debt. If such a default were to occur, the lenders under the Amended Credit Facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility immediately due and payable, and the lenders would not be

38


Table of Contents

obligated to continue to advance funds to us. In addition, if such a default were to occur, our other indebtedness would become immediately due and payable.
     The Amended Credit Facility and other outstanding debt instruments to which we are a party impose significant operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking other actions.
     Subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, the Amended Credit Facility contains customary restrictions on our activities, including covenants that restrict us and our restricted subsidiaries from:
    incurring additional indebtedness and issuing preferred stock;
 
    creating liens on our assets;
 
    making certain investments or restricted payments;
 
    consolidating or merging with, or acquiring, another business;
 
    selling or otherwise disposing of our assets;
 
    paying dividends and making other distributions with respect to capital stock, or repurchasing, redeeming or retiring capital stock or subordinated debt; and
 
    entering into transactions with our affiliates.
     The Amended Credit Facility also contains covenants that require us to meet certain financial ratios and minimum thresholds. For example, the Amended Credit Facility requires that we and our domestic subsidiaries meet certain minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requirements, not exceed certain maximum leverage ratio limitations for each fiscal quarter beginning in 2009, and maintain certain minimum tangible net worth.
     We reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, that, as of that date, we were in compliance with all of our financial covenants under our Amended Credit Facility and the Bridge Loan Agreement. We also reported that, based upon our 2009 first quarter results and our then-current operating forecast for the remainder of 2009, it was probable that, unless we took certain mitigating actions, we would not be in compliance for the period ending September 30, 2009 with certain of the financial covenants contained in these debt agreements. To remedy these uncertainties, during June 2009, we entered into the Fifth Amendment to our Amended Credit Facility, which, among other things, modified certain of the financial and other covenants contained in the Amended Credit Facility. As a result of entering into the Fifth Amendment, we expect to remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Amended Credit Facility for the remainder of 2009. Also, with the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Bridge Loan Agreement and our entering into the secured equipment financing transaction, we believe that our cash on hand and cash generated from our operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for the remainder of 2009. See “- Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Capital — Meeting our Liquidity Requirements.
     As with any operating plan, there are risks associated with our ability to execute our 2009 plan. In addition, our ability to remain in compliance with the financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, including lack of improvement in E&P company and seismic contractor spending, lack of improvement in our operating results, significant write-downs of accounts receivable or inventories, changes in certain exchange rates and other factors. If we were not able to satisfy all of the financial covenants, we would need to seek to amend, or seek one or more waivers of, the covenants under the Amended Credit Facility. If we cannot satisfy the financial covenants and are unable to obtain waivers or amendments, the lenders could declare a default under the Amended Credit Facility. Any default under our Amended Credit Facility would allow the lenders under the facility the option to demand repayment of the indebtedness outstanding under the facility, and would allow certain other lenders to exercise their rights and remedies under cross-default provisions. If these lenders were to exercise their rights to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding, there can be no assurance that we would be able to refinance or otherwise repay any amounts that may become accelerated under the agreements. The acceleration of a significant portion of our indebtedness would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, and financial condition. The ICON Loan Agreements contain certain restrictive covenants affecting us, and our Amended

39


Table of Contents

and Restated Subordinated Note contains additional restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt. Any additional debt financing we obtain is likely to have similarly restrictive covenants.
     The restrictions in the Amended Credit Facility and our other debt instruments may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We also may incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with these agreements or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The breach of any of these covenants and restrictions could result in a default under the Amended Credit Facility and our other debt instruments. An event of default under our debt agreements would permit the holders of such indebtedness to declare all amounts borrowed to be due and payable.
Our stock price has been volatile and has declined substantially since June 2008. If you make an investment in our stock, it could decline in value.
     The securities markets in general and our common stock in particular have experienced significant price and volume volatility in 2008 and 2009. The market price and trading volume of our common stock may continue to experience significant fluctuations due not only to general stock market conditions but also to a change in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects or those of companies in our industry. In addition to the other risk factors discussed in this section, the price and volume volatility of our common stock may be affected by:
    operating results that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
 
    factors influencing the levels of global oil and natural gas exploration and exploitation activities, such as declining demand and declining prices for crude oil and natural gas;
 
    the operating and securities price performance of companies that investors or analysts consider comparable to us;
 
    announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions and other material events by us or our competitors; and
 
    changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest rates, commodity and equity prices and the value of financial assets.
     To the extent that the price of our common stock remains low or declines further, our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or otherwise use our common stock as consideration will be reduced. This, in turn, may adversely impact our ability to reduce our financial leverage. Continued high levels of leverage or further increases in our leverage may make it more difficult for us to access additional capital. These factors may limit our ability to implement our operating and growth plans.
If we, our option holders or our existing stockholders holding registration rights, sell additional shares of our common stock in the future, the market price of our common stock could decline.
     The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market in the future, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
     As of July 29, 2009, we had 118,349,436 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Substantially all of these shares are available for public sale, subject in some cases to volume and other limitations or delivery of a prospectus. At June 30, 2009, we had outstanding stock options to purchase up to 7,506,225 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.87 per share. We also had, as of that date, 16,962 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under outstanding restricted stock unit awards. Additionally, the holder of our Series D Preferred Stock currently has the right to convert the preferred shares it holds into 9,669,434 shares of our common stock. Under our agreement with the holder of our Series D Preferred Stock, the holder has the ability to sell the shares of our common stock (under effective registration statements) issuable to it upon conversion of the Series D

40


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock. Sales in the public market of shares of common stock issued upon conversion would apply downward pressure on then-prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the very existence of the Series D Preferred Stock represents a future issuance, and perhaps a future sale, of our common stock to be acquired on conversion, which could also depress trading prices for our common stock.
     The 18,500,000 shares of common stock we issued in June 2009 to certain institutional investors may be resold into the public markets in transactions pursuant to a currently-effective registration statement that was declared effective by the SEC on June 16, 2009. Thus, these purchasing institutional investors currently have the right to dispose of their shares in the public markets.
     In addition, shares of our common stock are subject to certain demand and piggyback registration rights held by Laitram, L.L.C. We also may enter into additional registration rights agreements in the future in connection with any subsequent acquisitions or securities transactions we may undertake. Any sales of our common stock under these registration rights arrangements with Laitram or other stockholders could be negatively perceived in the trading markets and negatively affect the price of our common stock. Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market under these arrangements, or the expectation of such sales, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
     (a) Disclosures concerning the private placement of 18,500,000 shares of our common stock are contained in our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 2 and June 5, 2009.
     (b) Not applicable.
     (c) During the three months ended June 30, 2009, in connection with the vesting of (or lapse of restrictions on) shares of our restricted stock held by certain employees, we acquired shares of our common stock in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations that were incurred on the vesting date. The date of cancellation, number of shares and average effective acquisition price per share, were as follows:
                                 
                            (d) Maximum Number  
                            (or Approximate  
                    (c) Total Number of     Dollar Value) of  
                    Shares Purchased as     Shares That  
    (a)     (b)     Part of Publicly     May Yet Be Purchased  
    Total Number of     Average Price     Announced Plans or     Under the Plans or  
Period   Shares Acquired     Paid Per Share     Program     Program  
April 1, 2009 to April 30, 2009
        $     Not applicable   Not applicable
May 1, 2009 to May 31, 2009
    7,055     $ 2.82     Not applicable   Not applicable
June 1, 2009 to June 30, 2009
    599     $ 3.04     Not applicable   Not applicable
 
                           
Total
    7,654     $ 2.84                  
 
                           
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
     The following matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders held on May 27, 2009 in Houston, Texas and were approved by our stockholders.
                 
    Votes Cast For   Votes Withheld
1. Election of Directors for a Three-Year Term Expiring in 2012
               
Theodore H. Elliott, Jr.
    70,767,241       22,934,779  
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
    64,185,485       29,516,535  
G. Thomas Marsh
    74,515,101       19,186,919  

41


Table of Contents

                                 
                            Broker Non-
    For   Against   Abstain   Votes
2. Approval of Employee Equity Replenishment Program
    41,023,920       33,656,497       142,704       18,878,899  
3. Approval of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to Allow a Reverse Stock Split
    63,110,158       30,260,010       331,852        
4. Ratification of Ernst & Young LLP as Independent Registered Public Accountants
    87,956,348       5,545,862       199,810        
In addition, the terms of the following directors continued after the meeting:
Bruce S. Appelbaum, PhD
Franklin Myers
S. James Nelson, Jr.
Robert P. Peebler
John N. Seitz
Nicholas G. Vlahakis
Item 6. Exhibits
10.1   Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated effective as of June 1, 2009 by and among ION Geophysical Corporation, ION International S.à r.l., certain other foreign and domestic subsidiaries of the ION Geophysical Corporation, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, ABN AMRO Incorporated, as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto.
 
10.2   Form of Purchase Agreement dated as of June 1, 2009, for the offering and sale of 18,500,000 shares of common stock of ION Geophysical Corporation in privately-negotiated transactions to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), by and between ION Geophysical Corporation and the Purchasers named therein.
 
10.3   Canadian Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 by and among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical Corporation and ARAM Rentals Corporation, a Nova Scotia corporation.
 
10.4   Master Loan and Security Agreement (U.S.) dated as of June 29, 2009 by and among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical Corporation and ARAM Seismic Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation.
 
31.1   Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
 
31.2   Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
 
32.1   Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.
 
32.2   Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.

42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
  ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
 
 
  By  /s/ R. Brian Hanson    
    R. Brian Hanson   
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Duly authorized executive officer and principal financial officer)   
 
Date: August 6, 2009

43


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit No.   Description
  10.1    
Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated effective as of June 1, 2009 by and among ION Geophysical Corporation, ION International S.à r.l., certain other foreign and domestic subsidiaries of the ION Geophysical Corporation, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as administrative agent, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, ABN AMRO Incorporated, as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Citibank, N.A., as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto.
       
 
  10.2    
Form of Purchase Agreement dated as of June 1, 2009, for the offering and sale of 18,500,000 shares of common stock of ION Geophysical Corporation in privately-negotiated transactions to “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), by and between ION Geophysical Corporation and the Purchasers named therein.
       
 
  10.3    
Canadian Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 by and among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical Corporation and ARAM Rentals Corporation, a Nova Scotia corporation.
       
 
  10.4    
Master Loan and Security Agreement (U.S.) dated as of June 29, 2009 by and among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical Corporation and ARAM Seismic Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation.
       
 
  31.1    
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
       
 
  31.2    
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
       
 
  32.1    
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.
       
 
  32.2    
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.

44

EX-10.1 2 h67643exv10w1.htm EX-10.1 exv10w1
EXHIBIT 10.1
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment” or “this Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of the 1st day of June, 2009 (the “Fifth Amendment Effective Date”), by and among ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Domestic Borrower”), ION INTERNATIONAL S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited company (société à responsabilité limitée), having its registered office at 65, Boulevard Grande — Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg, with a share capital of EUR12,500, and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under the number B-135.679 (the “Foreign Borrower” and together with the Domestic Borrower, the “Borrowers”), the Guarantors party hereto (the “Guarantors”), the Lenders party hereto, and HSBC BANK USA, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”).
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, the above-named parties have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 3, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Domestic Security Agreement dated as of September 17, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 17, 2008, that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008, and that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Foreign Security Agreement, Limited Waiver and Release dated as of December 30, 2008 (and as may be further amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent; and
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent amend certain provisions to the Credit Agreement, and said parties are willing to do so subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, provided that the Domestic Borrower and Domestic Guarantors ratify and confirm all of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which each is a party and that the Foreign Borrower and Foreign Guarantors ratify and confirm all of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which each is a party.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants set forth in this Amendment, Borrowers, Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent agree as follows:
     1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
     2. Amendments. (a) The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (i) Amendments to Section 1.01. Section 1.01 is hereby amended by deleting the following definitions and restating them in their entirety to read as follows:

 


 

     “Applicable Margin” means, on any day, for any Revolving Loan, the applicable per annum percentage set forth at the appropriate intersection in the Revolving Loans table shown below, and, for the Term Loans, the applicable per annum percentage set forth at the appropriate intersection in the Term Loans table shown below, each of which is based on the Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended trailing four-quarter period with respect to which the Domestic Borrower is required to have delivered the financial statements and Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof (as such Leverage Ratio is reflected in the Compliance Certificate delivered under Section 5.01(b) by the Domestic Borrower in connection with such financial statements):
          Revolving Loans
                     
Level   Leverage Ratio   LIBO Rate Margin   ABR Margin
I
  <0.75x     3.875 %     2.875 %
II
  ³0.75x<1.25x     4.250 %     3.250 %
III
  ³1.25x<1.75x     4.625 %     3.625 %
IV
  ³1.75x<2.25x     5.000 %     4.000 %
V
  ³2.25x<2.50x     5.500 %     4.500 %
VI
  ³2.50x<2.75x     6.000 %     5.000 %
VII
  ³2.75x     6.500 %     5.500 %
          Term Loans
                     
Level   Leverage Ratio   LIBO Rate Margin   ABR Margin
I
  <0.75x     3.875 %     2.875 %
II
  ³0.75x<1.25x     4.250 %     3.250 %
III
  ³1.25x<1.75x     4.625 %     3.625 %
IV
  ³1.75x<2.25x     5.000 %     4.000 %
V
  ³2.25x<2.50x     5.500 %     4.500 %
VI
  ³2.50x<2.75x     6.000 %     5.000 %
VII
  ³2.75x     6.500 %     5.500 %
Each change in the Applicable Margin shall take effect on each date on which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, commencing with the date on which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are required to be delivered for the four-quarter period ending June 30, 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the two (2) quarterly periods following the date of the First Amendment Effective Date, the Applicable Margin shall be determined at Level IV. In the event that any financial statement delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 is shown to be inaccurate

2


 

when delivered (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Revolving Loan Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, and only in such case, then the Domestic Borrower shall immediately (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent corrected financial statements for such Applicable Period, (ii) determine the Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period based upon the corrected financial statements, and (iii) immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.16(a). This provision is in addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to Section 2.11(d) and their other respective rights under this Agreement. If the Domestic Borrower fails to deliver the financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent at the time required pursuant to Section 5.01, then effective as of the date such financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate were required to the delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, the Applicable Margin shall be determined at Level IV and shall remain at such level until the date such financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate are so delivered by the Domestic Borrower. The Applicable Margin for the Term Loans shall be increased by 0.25% at all levels, and the Applicable Margin for the Revolving Loans shall be increased by 0.50% at all levels, in each case, commencing on the First Amendment Effective Date and ending on the date the Domestic Borrower repays the Revolving Loans borrowed for the purpose of financing the ARAM Acquisition.
  “Commitment Fee Rate” means, on any day, the applicable per annum percentage set forth at the appropriate intersection in the table shown below, based on the Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended trailing four-quarter period with respect to which the Domestic Borrower is required to have delivered the financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof (as such Leverage Ratio is reflected in the Compliance Certificate delivered under Section 5.01(b) by the Domestic Borrower in connection with such financial statements):
             
Level   Leverage Ratio   Commitment Fee Rate
I
  <0.75x     0.500 %
II
  ³0.75x<1.25x     0.500 %
III
  ³1.25x<1.75x     0.625 %
IV
  ³1.75x<2.25x     0.750 %
V
  ³2.25x<2.50x     0.750 %
VI
  ³2.50x<2.75x     0.750 %
VII
  ³2.75x     0.750 %

3


 

Each change in the Commitment Fee Rate shall take effect on each date on which such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, commencing with the date on which such financials statements and Compliance Certificate are required to be delivered for the four-quarter period ending June 30, 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the period from the Effective Date through the date the financial statements and Compliance Certificate are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2008, the Commitment Fee Rate shall be determined at Level I. In the event any financial statement delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 is shown to be inaccurate when delivered (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Revolving Loan Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to a higher Commitment Fee Rate for any period (an “Applicable Commitment Fee Period”) than the Commitment Fee Rate applied for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period, and only in such case, then the Domestic Borrower shall immediately (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent corrected financial statements for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period, (ii) determine the Commitment Fee Rate for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period based on the corrected financial statements, and (iii) immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the additional accrued commitment fees owing as a result of such increased Commitment Fee Rate for such Applicable Commitment Fee Period, which payment shall be promptly applied in accordance with Section 2.16(a). This provision is in addition to the rights of the Administrative Agents and Lenders with respect to Section 2.11(d) and their other respective rights under this Agreement. If the Domestic Borrower fails to deliver the financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent at the time required pursuant to Section 5.01, then effective as of the date such financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate were required to the delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, the Commitment Fee Rate shall be determined at Level IV and shall remain at such level until the date such financial statements and corresponding Compliance Certificate are so delivered by the Domestic Borrower.”
     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and for any Person, Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, the aggregate of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense and (iii) depreciation, amortization and other similar non-cash charges; provided that, any add-back pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above in respect of any write downs in the value of inventory shall be limited to $5,000,000 for each of the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2009, September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009, and thereafter for any subsequent fiscal quarter for which either (x) the Leverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries would otherwise be equal to or greater than 2.25 to 1.0 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries would otherwise be equal to or less than 1.50 to 1.0, in each case, without giving effect to such add-back. The Consolidated EBITDA of any Person acquired subsequent to the Effective Date shall be, as of the date of acquisition, without duplication, said Person’s

4


 

Consolidated EBITDA calculated for the most recently completed twelve month period ended prior to such acquisition and, thereafter, its Consolidated EBITDA calculated on a rolling four quarter basis.
     (b) Section 1.01 is hereby further amended by adding the following definition thereto in the proper alphabetical order.
     “Call-Spread Transaction” means that certain proposed capped call transaction to be entered into by the Domestic Borrower on or before June 30, 2009, pursuant to which the Domestic Borrower purchases from a third-party one or more options to purchase its common Equity Interests, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     “Excess Cash Flow” means for any period of four consecutive quarters ending on December 31 of any year, the excess of Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus, without duplication, the sum of (i) cash taxes actually paid, (ii) cash interest actually paid, (iii) non-financed Consolidated Capital Expenditures, (iv) actual principal payments made in respect of long term Indebtedness, (v) actual principal payments made in respect of Consolidated Capital Lease Obligations, (vi) transaction costs, and (vii) dividends actually paid (to the extent permitted hereunder) in respect of its Consolidated Preferred Stock.”
     “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” means June ___, 2009.
     “ICON Capital” means ICON Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation.
     “ICON Capital Financing” means an equipment financing facility in the original principal amount not exceeding $20,000,000 and having a maturity date of not less than five (5) years, entered into between or among the New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiaries and ICON Capital, pursuant to which the New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiaries shall finance or refinance equipment, primarily located in Canada, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.”
     “New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiaries” means collectively, the New ION US Equipment Financing Subsidiary and New ION CN Equipment Financing Subsidiary.
     “New ION US Equipment Financing Subsidiary” means a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary to be formed pursuant to the ICON Capital Financing as a “special purpose entity” to own and operate the equipment located in the US.
     “New ION CN Equipment Financing Subsidiary” means a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary to be formed pursuant to the ICON Capital Financing as a “special purpose entity” to own and operate the equipment located in Canada.

5


 

     (c) Section 1.01 is hereby further amended by amending and restating paragraph (w) and adding paragraph (aa) of the definition of Permitted Liens, each to read as follows:
     “(w) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations permitted under Section 6.01(g); provided that such Liens attach only to the Property that is the subject of such Capital Lease Obligation;”
     “(aa) Liens securing the ICON Capital Financing, including Liens on the equipment of any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary financed (or refinanced) thereunder, rental or leasing contracts with respect to such equipment, rental payments, lease payments and other proceeds thereof, bank accounts into which such payments or proceeds are delivered and any and all other personal property and rights of any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary appertaining thereto, and Liens on the Equity Interests of any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary, in each case, in favor of ICON Capital.”
     (d) Section 1.01 is hereby further amended by deleting the definition of Sale/Leaseback Agreement in its entirety.
     (e) Amendment to Section 2.09. Section 2.09 is hereby amended by adding a new paragraph (d), to read as follows:
     “(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) the Leverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than 2.25 to 1.0 or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries is equal to or less than 1.50 to 1.0, in each case, for any fiscal year of the Borrowers just ended (as evidenced by the Compliance Certificate delivered under Section 5.01(b) with the fiscal year end audited financial statements), then within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such Compliance Certificate by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall make a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Borrowers’ Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year just ended, such prepayment to be applied first against the unpaid principal balance scheduled to be due at the Term Loan Maturity Date and then to the remaining installments of principal in the inverse order of their maturities.”
     (f) Amendment to Section 2.18. Section 2.18 is hereby amended by restating the first sentence of paragraph (a) in its entirety to read as follows:
     “At any time after the Domestic Borrower has delivered its Compliance Certificate for the period ending September 30, 2009, if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the most recently delivered Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(b) states the (x) Leverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries is equal to or less than 2.25 to 1.0 and (y) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.0, the Borrowers may request an

6


 

increase of the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments by notice to the Administrative Agent in writing of the amount of such proposed increase (such notice, a “Commitment Increase Notice”); provided, however, that the Revolving Loan Commitment of any Revolving Lender may not be increased without such Revolving Lender’s consent, the minimum amount of any such increase shall be $10,000,000, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Loan Commitments shall not exceed $140,000,000 and (iv) the aggregate principal amount of all Foreign Revolving Loans at any time outstanding, shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the total of all the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Loan Commitments as such commitments are increased pursuant to this Section 2.18.”
     (g) Amendment to Section 6.01. Section 6.01 is hereby amended by restating paragraphs (f), (p) and (s) in their entirety, each to read as follows:
     “(f) A Guarantee by the Domestic Borrower of Indebtedness of New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiaries under the ICON Capital Financing;
     (p) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.01(t), other unsecured Indebtedness of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding at any time outstanding the positive difference (if any) between (x)(i) at any time when the Leverage Ratio (as stated in the most recently delivered Compliance Certificate) is equal to or less than 1.25 to 1.0, the greater of $40,000,000 or ten percent (10%) of Net Worth and (ii) at any time when the Leverage Ratio (as stated in the most recently delivered Compliance Certificate) is equal to or greater than 1.25 to 1.0, the greater of $20,000,000 or five percent (5%) of Net Worth, in either case, minus (y) the principal amount then outstanding under the ICON Capital Financing;
     (s) Indebtedness under the ICON Capital Financing; and”
     (h) Amendment to Section 6.04. Section 6.04 is hereby amended by restating paragraph (g) in its entirety to read as follows:
     “(g) any sale, transfer or other disposition of assets pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the ICON Capital Financing; and”
     (i) Amendment to Section 6.06. Section 6.06 is hereby amended by restating Section 6.06 in its entirety to read as follows:
     “The Borrowers will not, and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except Swap Agreements entered into to: (a) hedge or mitigate raw material and supply cost risks to which any Borrower or any or its respective Subsidiaries has actual exposure in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries), (b) cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of any Borrower or any or its respective Subsidiaries, (c)

7


 

mitigate foreign exchange or currency risk in connection with any obligation of any Obligor incurred in connection with the operation of its business in each case, in connection with the management of risk in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and not for speculative purposes, or (d) in respect of the Call-Spread Transaction.”
     (j) Amendment to Section 6.07. Section 6.07 is hereby amended by amending and restating paragraphs (e) and (j) in their entirety and adding new paragraph (k), each to read as follows:
     “(e) the Domestic Borrower shall be permitted to make Restricted Payments in accordance with the Call-Spread Transaction;
     (j) subject to the provisions of Section 5.08, after January 31, 2009, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto, Borrower may pay all or any portion of the principal outstanding under the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing with the proceeds of (i) the ICON Capital Financing, (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness, (iii) unsecured Indebtedness, or (iv) issuance of any Equity Interests, in each case, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.
     (k) if the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing has been reduced as a result of payments made in accordance with Section 6.07(j), so that the principal outstanding does not exceed $6,000,000, then, on or before June 30, 2009, Domestic Borrower may utilize up to $6,000,000 from available cash on hand to prepay such final outstanding balance of the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing; provided, after June 30, 2009, available cash on hand may still be utilized to repay the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing provided the amount of the permitted payments from cash on hand shall be reduced by the amount of any fees or costs paid to the holders of the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing on or after such date; provided, further that if the failure to repay the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing is due to a delay in the funding under the ICON Capital Financing, up to an additional $7,500,000 (up to $13,500,000 in the aggregate) may be used to repay the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing if: (a) the Domestic Borrower has a commitment from ICON Capital in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to fund $7,500,000 on or prior to July 17, 2009, (b) Domestic Borrower’s good faith projections of the unrestricted cash position of the Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to said $7,500,000 payment, shall not be less than $10,000,000 at any time during the period from June 30, 2009 to July 17, 2009 and (c) after giving effect to such payment no later than July 17, 2009, the Short Term Interim Junior Financing or the Interim Junior Financing will be fully repaid in accordance with the foregoing.”

8


 

     (k) Amendment to Section 6.08. Section 6.08 is hereby amended by adding new paragraph (j) to read as follows:
     “(j) Transfer of assets and other transactions with any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary contemplated by the ICON Capital Financing.”
     (l) Amendment to Section 6.09. Section 6.09 is hereby amended by restating clause (vi) thereof to read as follows:
     “(vi) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions contained in the agreements related to the Junior Financing or the ARAM Sellers’ Note or any guarantee thereof or to the ICON Capital Financing.”
     (m) Amendment to Section 6.12. Section 6.12 is hereby amended by restating Section 6.12 in its entirety to read as follows:
     “Except for those transactions described on Schedule 6.12 and any transaction permitted under Section 6.04(b), the Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that (i) any Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than any Borrower or any or its respective Subsidiaries) or (ii) any Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Borrower or such Subsidiaries to any Person (other than any other Borrower or any other Subsidiaries of such Borrower) in connection with such lease.”
     (n) Amendment to Section 6.14. Section 6.14 is hereby amended by restating Section 6.14 in its entirety to read as follows:
     “SECTION 6.14. Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than: 1.50 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 1.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009; 1.10 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009; 1.15 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2010; 1.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2010; 1.35 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 1.50 to 1.0 the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter.”
     (o) Amendment to Section 6.15. Section 6.15 is hereby amended by restating Section 6.15 in its entirety to read as follows:
     “SECTION 6.15. Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Domestic Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed: 2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2009; 3.00 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009; 2.75 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarters

9


 

ending March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010; 2.50 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2010; and 2.25 to 1.0 for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2010 and thereafter.”
     (p) Amendment to Section 7.01. Section 7.01 is hereby amended by restating paragraph (h) in its entirety to read as follows:
     “(h) any default under (i) the Senior Convertible Notes, (ii) the ARAM Seller’s Note, (iii) the Junior Financing or, (iv) so long as the aggregate amount outstanding exceeds $5,000,000 thereunder, the ICON Capital Financing, each subject to any applicable grace periods;”
     3. Lien Release or Subordination. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to execute and deliver a release from, or a subordination of, all Liens on the assets contributed or to be contributed to any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary in connection with the ICON Capital Financing, and upon the written request of (and at the sole cost and expense of) the Domestic Borrower, to execute and deliver such further releases from, or a subordination of, all Liens on the assets hereafter contributed or to be contributed to any New ION Equipment Financing Subsidiary from time to time in connection with the ICON Capital Financing, all in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.
     4. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be effective on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
     (i) the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Lenders constituting at least the Required Lenders either (a) a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (b) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Amendment;
     (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received, for the account of each Lender that executes this Amendment on or before June 2, 2009, an upfront fee, in an amount equal to 0.625% of its total commitment level of each such Lender, which fees will be payable on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date; provided that if such Lenders have definitively committed hereto, prior to 5:00 pm, Houston time, May 29, 2009, such fee shall be increased to 0.75%;
     (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all such other amounts owing to it on or prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, including payment of all other fees and reimbursement or payment of all legal fees and other expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers to the extent that invoices have been provided to the Borrowers on or before such Fifth Amendment Effective Date.;

10


 

     (iv) the Administrative Agent shall have received all documents and other items that it may reasonably request relating to any other matters relevant hereto, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
     (v) no Default or Event of Default exists.
     5. Representations and Warranties. Each Borrower and each Guarantor represents and warrants that:
     (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents made by it are true and correct as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct as of such earlier date. Each Borrower and each Guarantor also hereby confirm that this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the binding obligation of each of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity); and
     (b) as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the maximum increase of the Revolving Loan Commitment the Borrowers may request pursuant to Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement is $40,000,000.
     6. Continuing Effect of the Credit Agreement. This Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision not expressly referred to herein and shall not be construed as a consent to any action on the part of the Borrowers or Guarantors that would require a waiver or consent of the Lenders or an amendment or modification to any term of the Loan Documents except as expressly stated herein. Except as expressly modified hereby, the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect.
     7. Ratification. The Domestic Borrower and each Domestic Guarantor hereby confirm and ratify the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, as amended hereby, and acknowledges and agrees that the same shall continue in full force and effect, as amended hereby and by any prior amendments thereto. The Foreign Borrower and each Foreign Guarantor hereby confirm and ratify the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, as amended hereby, and acknowledges and agrees that the same shall continue in full force and effect, as amended hereby and by any prior amendments thereto.
     8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by all parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts each of which may be delivered in original, electronic or facsimile form and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
     9. References. The words “hereby,” “herein,” “hereinabove,” “hereinafter,” “hereinbelow,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Amendment shall refer to this Amendment as a whole and not to any particular article, section or provision of

11


 

this Amendment. References in this Amendment to an article or section number are to such articles or sections of this Amendment unless otherwise specified.
     10. Headings Descriptive. The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Amendment.
     11. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.
     12. Release by Borrowers and Guarantors. Each Borrower and each Guarantor does hereby release and forever discharge the Agent and each of the Lenders and each affiliate thereof and each of their respective employees, officers, directors, trustees, agents, attorneys, successors, assigns or other representatives from any and all claims, demands, damages, actions, cross-actions, causes of action, costs and expenses (including legal expenses), of any kind or nature whatsoever known to any Obligor, whether based on law or equity, which any of said parties has held or may now own or hold, for or because of any matter or thing done, omitted or suffered to be done on or before the actual date upon which this Amendment is signed by any of such parties (i) arising directly or indirectly out of the Credit Agreement, Loan Documents, or any other documents, instruments or any other transactions relating thereto and/or (ii) relating directly or indirectly to all transactions by and between the Borrowers or Guarantors or their representatives and the Agent and each Lender or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, employees, attorneys or other representatives and, in either case, whether or not caused by the sole or partial negligence of any indemnified party. Such release, waiver, acquittal and discharge shall and does include any claims of any kind or nature which may, or could be, asserted by any of the Borrowers or Guarantors.
     13. Final Agreement of the Parties. THIS AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.
[Signature Pages Follow]

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
  DOMESTIC BORROWER:

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  FOREIGN BORROWER:

ION INTERNATIONAL S.À R.L.,
a Luxembourg private limited liability company
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  GUARANTORS OF DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN LOANS:

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION,
a Texas corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  ION EXPLORATION PRODUCTS (U.S.A.), Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  I/O MARINE SYSTEMS, INC., a Louisiana
corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  GUARANTORS OF FOREIGN LOANS:

CONCEPT SYSTEMS LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the law of Scotland
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  I/O CAYMAN ISLANDS, LTD, an Exempted
Company incorporated in the Cayman Islands
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  ION INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS L.P.,
a Bermuda limited partnership
 
 
  By:   ION Exploration Products (USA) Inc.,    
    a Delaware corporation,   
    its General Partner   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  SENSOR NEDERLAND B.V., a private company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  ARAM SYSTEMS CORPORATION,
a Nova Scotia unlimited corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDER:

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

HSBC BANK CANADA

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

ABN AMRO BANK N.A.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

CITIBANK, N.A.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  LENDER:

ABU DHABI INTERNATIONAL BANK INC.

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
[Signature page to Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement]

 

EX-10.2 3 h67643exv10w2.htm EX-10.2 exv10w2
Form of Agreement
EXHIBIT 10.2
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
     THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the 1st day of June 2009, by and between ION Geophysical Corporation (the “Company”), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal offices at 2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839, and the purchaser whose name and address is set forth on the signature page hereof (the “Purchaser”).
     IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:
     1. Authorization of Sale of the Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreements (as defined below), the Company has authorized the issuance and sale of up to 18,500,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) and the preferred stock purchase rights appurtenant thereto (the “Rights”), of the Company.
     2. Agreement to Sell and Purchase the Shares. At the Closing (as defined in Section 3), the Company will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, issue and sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser will buy from the Company, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the number of Shares (at the purchase price) shown on the signature page hereof.
     The Company is simultaneously entering into this same form of purchase agreement with certain other investors (the “Other Purchasers”) and expects to complete sales of the Shares to them. The Purchaser and the Other Purchasers are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Purchasers,” and this Agreement and the purchase agreements executed by the Other Purchasers are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Agreements.” The term “Placement Agent” shall mean Barclays Capital Inc., as placement agent.
     3. Delivery of the Shares at the Closing; Termination.
          3.1 Closing. The completion of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “Closing”) shall occur at the offices of Andrews Kurth LLP, 600 Travis, Suite 4200, Houston, Texas 77002, as soon as practicable and as agreed to by the parties hereto, within three business days following the execution of the Agreements, or on such later date or at such different location as the parties shall agree in writing, but not prior to the date that the conditions for Closing set forth below have been satisfied or waived by the appropriate party (the “Closing Date”).
          3.2 Closing Deliveries. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver, in immediately available funds, the full amount of the purchase price for the Shares being purchased hereunder by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company and the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser one or more stock certificates registered in the name of

 


 

the Purchaser, or in such nominee name(s) as designated by the Purchaser in writing, representing the number of Shares set forth in Section 2 above and bearing an appropriate legend referring to the fact that the Shares were sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), provided by Section 4(2) thereof and Rule 506 thereunder. The name(s) in which the stock certificates are to be registered are set forth in the Stock Certificate Questionnaire attached hereto as part of Appendix I.
          3.3 Conditions to the Company’s Obligations. The Company’s obligation to complete the purchase and sale of the Shares and deliver such stock certificate(s) to the Purchaser at the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Company:
     (a) receipt by the Company of same-day funds in the full amount of the purchase price for the Shares being purchased hereunder;
     (b) completion of the purchases and sales under the Agreements with the Other Purchasers;
     (c) the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Purchasers and the fulfillment of those undertakings of the Purchasers to be fulfilled prior to the Closing; and
     (d) receipt by the Company from the Purchaser of the fully completed questionnaires attached hereto as Appendix I.
          3.4 Conditions to the Purchaser’s Obligations. The Purchaser’s obligation to accept delivery of such stock certificate(s) and to pay for the Shares evidenced thereby shall be subject to the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by the Purchaser:
     (a) the closing of purchases of Common Stock by the Other Purchasers equal to at least the Minimum Purchase Amount; for purposes of this Agreement, the “Minimum Purchase Amount” means such number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by the Other Purchasers under the Agreements that, when combined with the number of Shares to be purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and multiplied by the price at which those shares and the Shares are to be purchased, is equal to $35,000,000;
     (b) each of the representations and warranties of the Company made herein shall be accurate as of the Closing Date;
     (c) the delivery to the Purchaser by counsel to the Company of legal opinions substantially similar in substance to the forms of opinion attached as Exhibit B hereto;
     (d) receipt by the Placement Agent, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Placement Agent, from Ernst & Young LLP (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the

2


 

meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Rules and Regulations and (ii) containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in registered public offering with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Private Placement Memorandum;
     (e) receipt by the Purchaser of a certificate executed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company set forth herein are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of such Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions herein on its part to be performed or satisfied on or prior to such Closing Date;
     (f) receipt by the Purchaser of a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date:
     (i) certifying the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the issuance of the Shares;
     (ii) certifying the current versions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company; and
     (iii) certifying as to the signatures and authority of the persons signing this Agreement and related documents on behalf of the Company;
     (g) receipt by the Purchaser of a certificate of good standing for the Company for its jurisdiction of incorporation and a certificate of qualification as a foreign corporation for the Company for any jurisdictions in which it is qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation;
     (h) receipt by the Purchaser of a certificate from the Company’s transfer agent certifying the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Closing Date;
     (i) there shall have been no suspensions in the trading of the Common Stock as of the Closing Date;
     (j) the Common Stock shall continue to be listed on The New York Stock Exchange as of the Closing Date and the Shares shall be approved for

3


 

listing on The New York Stock Exchange as of the Closing Date, subject to official notice of issuance; and
     (k) the fulfillment in all material respects of those undertakings of the Company to be fulfilled prior to the Closing.
          3.5 Termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Closing has not occurred prior to June 15, 2009. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in event of such termination, neither party shall have any obligation to sell or purchase the Shares.
     4. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Purchaser as follows:
          4.1 Organization and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and the Company is qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification is required, except where the failure to so qualify would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in Section 4.6). Each subsidiary (as defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Company (each, a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) are listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement. Each Subsidiary is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification is required, except where failure to so qualify would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.2 Reporting Company; Form S-3. The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) and is eligible to register the resale of the Shares by the Purchaser on a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and has filed all reports required thereby during the past 12 calendar months. Provided that none of the Purchasers is deemed to be an underwriter with respect to any shares and except as provided on Schedule 4.2 hereto, to the Company’s knowledge, there exist no facts or circumstances (including without limitation any required approvals or waivers or any circumstances that may delay or prevent the obtaining of accountant’s consents) that reasonably could be expected to prohibit the preparation and filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 that will be available for the resale of the Shares by the Purchaser.
          4.3 Authorized Capital Stock. The Company had duly authorized and validly issued outstanding capitalization as set forth in the “Capitalization” section of the Private Placement Memorandum (as defined below) as of the date set forth therein; the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (a) have been duly authorized and validly issued, (b) are fully paid and nonassessable, (c) have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws and, (d) except for those granted therein by the holders thereof (other than the Company), are free and clear of all security interests, liens, pledges, mortgages or other encumbrances, whether arising voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law (“Liens”), (e)

4


 

were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities, and (f) conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the confidential private placement memorandum dated May 26, 2009 (together with any exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto and all information incorporated by reference therein, the “Private Placement Memorandum”). Except as set forth in the Private Placement Memorandum and except for the stock options or other equity incentives that have been issued since May 26, 2009, the Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations. With respect to each of the Subsidiaries, (i) all of the issued and outstanding shares of such Subsidiary’s capital stock (or equity interests in the case of non-corporate entities) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities, and (ii) there are no outstanding options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of such Subsidiary’s capital stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations.
          4.4 Rights Agreement. The Rights Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2008, between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, (the “Rights Agreement”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. The Rights have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued upon issuance of the Shares, will be validly issued. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Rights Preferred”), has been duly authorized by the Company and validly reserved for issuance. Upon the exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms of the Rights Agreement, the Rights Preferred, Common Stock or other securities issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
          4.5 Issuance, Sale and Delivery of the Shares. The issuance and sale of the Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and the Shares, when issued, delivered and paid for in the manner set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will conform in all material respects to the description thereof set forth in the Private Placement Memorandum. No preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company exist with respect to the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company pursuant to this Agreement that have not been waived or complied with. No stockholder of the Company has any right (which has not been waived or has not expired by reason of lapse of time following notification of the Company’s intention to file the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined)) to require the Company to register the sale of any capital stock owned by such stockholder under the Registration Statement. No further approval or authority of the Company’s stockholders or the Board of Directors of the Company will be required for the issuance and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company as contemplated herein.
          4.6 Due Execution, Delivery and Performance of the Agreements. The Company has full legal right, corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly authorized,

5


 

executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and the application of general equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution, including but not limited to, indemnification provisions set forth in Section 7.3 of this Agreement, may be limited by federal or state securities law or the public policy underlying such laws. The execution and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not violate any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Restated Bylaws of the Company or the organizational documents of any Subsidiary and will not result in the creation of any Liens upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms or provisions of, or will not conflict with, result in the breach or violation of, or constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage of time or both, a default under any agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture, permit or other instrument to which any of the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of the Company or any Subsidiary or their respective properties may be bound or affected and in each case that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, any statute or any authorization, judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any court or any regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body is required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for compliance with the Blue Sky laws and federal securities laws applicable to the offering of the Shares and such as may be required by the bylaws and rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the transactions contemplated hereby or by the agreements and instruments to be entered into in connection herewith or therewith, or on the authority or ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.
          4.7 Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, who has reported on the consolidated financial statements and schedules contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (which are incorporated by reference into the Private Placement Memorandum), are registered independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1933 Act Rules and Regulations”) and by the rules of the Public Accounting Oversight Board.
          4.8 No Defaults or Consents. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares) will give rise to a right to terminate or accelerate the due date of any payment due under, or conflict with or result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under, except such

6


 

defaults that individually or in the aggregate would neither cause nor reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or require any consent or waiver under, or result in the execution or imposition of any Liens upon any properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which either the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of its or their properties or businesses is bound, or any franchise, license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such consents or waivers that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect.
          4.9 Contracts. The material contracts to which the Company is a party that have been filed as exhibits to the SEC Documents (as defined in Section 4.2020), have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable by and against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws and judicial decisions of general application relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and the application of general equitable principles relating to or affecting the availability of remedies, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws.
          4.10 No Actions. There are no legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary before or by any court, regulatory body or administrative agency or any other governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, which actions, suits or proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is imminent, that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or subject to the provisions of any injunction, judgment, decree or order of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body that would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.11 Properties. The Company and each Subsidiary has good and valid title to all items of tangible personal property described as owned by it in the consolidated financial statements included in the Private Placement Memorandum that are material to the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all Liens except for those disclosed in the SEC Documents, or those, individually or in the aggregate, that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (ii) would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Any real property described in the Private Placement Memorandum as being leased by the Company or any Subsidiary that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is held by them under valid, existing and enforceable leases, except those that, individually or in the aggregate, (A) do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (B) would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7


 

          4.12 No Material Adverse Change. Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum or the SEC Documents, since December 31, 2008 (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, indirect or contingent, or entered into any material agreement or other transaction that is not in the ordinary course of business or that could reasonably be expected to result in a material reduction in the future earnings of the Company; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not sustained any material loss or material interference with their businesses or properties from fire, flood, windstorm, accident or other calamity not covered by insurance; (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have not paid or declared any dividends or other distributions with respect to their capital stock and none of the Company or any Subsidiary is in material default in the payment of principal or interest on any outstanding long-term debt obligations; (iv) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than the sale of the Shares hereunder and shares or options issued pursuant to employee equity incentive plans or purchase plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, or indebtedness material to the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than in the ordinary course of business and any required scheduled payments); and (v) there has not occurred any event that has caused or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.13 Amendment to Credit Facility. The Company has consummated the Amendment to Credit Facility as described in the Private Placement Memorandum.
          4.14 Intellectual Property. Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum or the SEC Documents, (i) the Company and each Subsidiary owns or has obtained valid and enforceable licenses or options for the inventions, patent applications, patents, trademarks (both registered and unregistered), trade names, copyrights and trade secrets necessary for the conduct of its respective business as currently conducted (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); and (ii) (a) there are no third parties who have any ownership rights or other claims to any Intellectual Property that is owned by, or has been licensed to, the Company or any Subsidiary for the products and services of the Company and its Subsidiaries described in the Private Placement Memorandum or the SEC Documents that would preclude the Company or any Subsidiary from conducting its business as currently conducted and have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except for the ownership rights of the owners of the Intellectual Property licensed or optioned by the Company or any Subsidiary; (b) there are currently no sales of any products or the provision of services that would constitute an infringement by third parties of any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or any Subsidiary, which infringement would have or reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary in or to any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than claims that would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (d) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any Intellectual Property owned, licensed or optioned by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than actions, suits, proceedings and claims that would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (e) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any Subsidiaries infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of

8


 

others, other than actions, suits, proceedings and claims that would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.15 Compliance. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have been advised, nor do any of them have any reason to believe, that it is not conducting business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, including, without limitation, all applicable local, state and federal environmental laws and regulations, except where failure to be so in compliance would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.16 Taxes. The Company and each Subsidiary has filed all required tax returns, and all such tax returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. The Company and each Subsidiary has fully paid all taxes shown as due thereon. None of the Company or any Subsidiary has knowledge of any deficiency or assessment with respect to liabilities for any material taxes that has been or might be asserted or threatened against it, which has not been fully paid or finally settled, unless being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All tax liabilities accrued through the date hereof have been adequately reserved for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
          4.17 Transfer Taxes. On the Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) that are required to be paid in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be, or will have been, fully paid by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes will be or will have been fully complied with.
          4.18 Investment Company. The Company is not an “investment company” or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for an investment company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) promulgated thereunder.
          4.19 Offering Materials. None of the Company, its directors and officers has distributed or will distribute prior to the Closing Date any offering material, including, without limitation, any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act), in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the Private Placement Memorandum or any amendment or supplement hereto. The Company has not in the past nor will it hereafter take any action independent of the Placement Agent to sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy any securities of the Company that could result in the initial sale of the Shares not being exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.
          4.20 Insurance. The Company maintains insurance underwritten by insurers of recognized financial responsibility, of the types and in the amounts that the Company reasonably believes is adequate for its business, including, but not limited to, insurance covering all real and personal property owned or leased by the Company against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against, with such deductibles as are customary for companies in the same or similar business, all of which insurance is in full force and effect.

9


 

          4.21 Additional Information. The information contained in the following documents (the “SEC Documents”), which the Placement Agent has furnished to the Purchaser (or will furnish prior to the Closing) or which are otherwise available through the Commission’s EDGAR system, as of the dates thereof, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading:
     (a) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008;
     (b) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2009;
     (c) the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 27, 2009;
     (d) the Company’s Schedule TO filed on April 9 and April 24, 2009;
     (e) the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on January 5, January 5, January 29, March 4 and April 1, 2009;
     (f) the description of the Company’s common stock contained in its Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on October 17, 1994, as amended by the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2002, December 20, 2007 and February 28, 2008, respectively;
     (g) all other documents, if any, filed by the Company (excluding the Current Reports on Form 8-K or the portions thereof furnished under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K) with the Commission since December 31, 2008 pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.
     The SEC Documents incorporated by reference in the Private Placement Memorandum or attached as exhibits thereto, at the time they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “1934 Act Rules and Regulations” and, together with the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations, the “Rules and Regulations”). In the past 12 calendar months, the Company has filed all documents required to be filed by it prior to the date hereof with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the 1934 Act Rules and Regulations.
          4.22 Price of Common Stock. The Company has not taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
          4.23 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Private Placement Memorandum.

10


 

          4.24 Non-Public Information. Except as disclosed in the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company has not disclosed to the Purchaser information that would constitute material non-public information as of the Closing Date other than the existence of the transactions contemplated hereby.
          4.25 Use of Purchaser Name. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, the Company shall not use the Purchaser’s name or the name of any of its Affiliates (as defined below) in any advertisement, announcement, press release or other similar public communication unless it has received the prior written consent of the Purchaser for the specific use contemplated, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any natural person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, limited liability company, company, trust, entity, public body or government (a “Person”), any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used in this definition means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. With respect to any natural person, the term “Affiliate” means (i) the spouse or children (including those by adoption) and siblings of such Person; and any trust whose primary beneficiary is such Person, such Person’s spouse, such Person’s siblings and/or one or more of such Person’s lineal descendants, (ii) the legal representative or guardian of such Person or of any such immediate family member in the event such Person or any such immediate family member becomes mentally incompetent and (iii) any Person controlled by or under common control with any one or more of such Person and the Persons described in clauses (i) or (ii) preceding.
          4.26 Related-Party Transactions. No transaction has occurred between or among the Company, on the one hand, and its Affiliates, officers or directors on the other hand, that is required to have been described under applicable securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in its Exchange Act filings and is not so described in such filings.
          4.27 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. There is no transaction, arrangement or other relationship between the Company and an unconsolidated or other off-balance sheet entity that is required to be disclosed by the Company in its Exchange Act filings and is not so disclosed or that otherwise would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no such transactions, arrangements or other relationships with the Company that may create any material contingencies or liabilities that are not otherwise disclosed by the Company in its Exchange Act filings.
          4.28 Governmental Permits, Etc. The Company and each Subsidiary has all franchises, licenses, certificates and other authorizations from federal, state or local governments or governmental agencies, departments or bodies that are currently necessary for the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, except where the failure to possess currently such franchises, licenses, certificates and other authorizations would neither have nor reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or

11


 

modification of any such permit that, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.29 Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes and schedules thereto included in its Exchange Act filings present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods covered thereby. Such financial statements and the related notes and schedules thereto have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein) and all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of results for such periods have been made; provided, however, that the unaudited financial statements are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments (which are not expected to be material) and do not contain all footnotes required under generally accepted accounting principles.
          4.30 Listing Compliance. The Company is in compliance with the requirements of The New York Stock Exchange for continued listing of the Common Stock thereon. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or the listing of the Common Stock on The New York Stock Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or The New York Stock Exchange is currently contemplating terminating such registration or listing. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not contravene the rules and regulations of The New York Stock Exchange. The Company will comply with all requirements of The New York Stock Exchange with respect to the issuance of the Shares and shall cause the Shares to be listed on The New York Stock Exchange and listed on any other exchange on which the Common Stock is listed on or before (subject to official notice of issuance) the Closing Date.
          4.31 Internal Accounting Controls. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and the Company’s principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions. Except as set forth in the Private Placement Memorandum or the SEC Documents, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company, or to its knowledge after due inquiry, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated therewith (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”). Each of the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Company (or each former principal executive officer of the Company and each former principal financial officer of the Company as

12


 

applicable) has made all certifications required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by it with the Commission. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “principal executive officer” and “principal financial officer” shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all reasonable actions necessary to ensure that it is in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that are in effect and with which the Company is required to comply.
          4.32 Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, has any director, officer, agent or employee, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.
          4.33 Employee Relations. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or employs any member of a union (other than with regards to statutory unions required under foreign laws and regulations). The Company and each Subsidiary believe that their relations with their employees are good. No executive officer of the Company (as defined in Rule 501(f) promulgated under the Securities Act) has notified the Company that such officer intends to leave the Company or otherwise terminate such officer’s employment with the Company. No executive officer of the Company is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement, non-competition agreement or any other agreement or any restrictive covenant, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any Subsidiary to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters.
          4.34 ERISA. Each material employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its Affiliates for employees or former employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any liability thereunder (a “Company Benefit Plan”), has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); no action, dispute, claim, suit or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Company Benefit Plan (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course) that could result in a material liability to the Company; no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred that could result in a material liability to the Company with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; and for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair market value of the assets of each

13


 

such plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.
          4.35 Environmental Matters. There has been no storage, disposal, generation, manufacture, transportation, handling or treatment of toxic wastes, hazardous wastes or hazardous substances by the Company or to its knowledge, any Subsidiary (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their predecessors in interest) at, upon or from any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary in material violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or that would require remedial action under any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit; there has been no material spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection, escape, dumping or release of any kind into such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic wastes, medical wastes, solid wastes, hazardous wastes or hazardous substances due to or caused by the Company or any Subsidiary or with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary have knowledge; the terms “hazardous wastes”, “toxic wastes”, “hazardous substances”, and “medical wastes” shall have the meanings specified in any applicable local, state, federal and foreign laws or regulations with respect to environmental protection.
          4.36 Integration; Other Issuances of Shares. The Company has not issued any shares of Common Stock or shares of any series of preferred stock or other securities or instruments convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise entitling the holder thereof to acquire shares of Common Stock that would be integrated with the sale of the Shares to the Purchaser for purposes of the Securities Act or of any applicable stockholder approval provisions, including, without limitation, under the rules and regulations of any exchange or automated quotation system on which any of the securities of the Company are listed or designated. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers to the Company as set forth herein, the offer and sale of the Shares and related Rights by the Company to the Purchasers pursuant to the Agreements will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          4.37 Disclosure. All disclosure provided to the Purchaser, including, without limitation, the Private Placement Memorandum, regarding the Company, its business and the transactions contemplated hereby, furnished by or on behalf of the Company, were, as of the date made, true and correct and did not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          4.38 No New Issuances and Registrations. The Company agrees that until such time as the Commission declares the Registration Statement effective, it will not, and it will cause its directors, officers and Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, grant, issue, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or file a registration statement with respect to the registration of any such newly issued shares of Common Stock or other securities. Notwithstanding the above, the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.38 shall not apply to issuances by the Company of (i) securities required to be issued pursuant to contractual obligations of the Company in effect as of the date hereof; (ii) securities issued on a pro rata basis to all holders of a class of outstanding

14


 

equity securities of the Company; (iii) securities issued in connection with a strategic partnership, licensing, joint venture, collaboration, lending or other similar arrangements, or in connection with the acquisition or license by the Company of any business, products or technologies, so long as the aggregate amount of such issuances pursuant to this clause (iii) does not exceed 10% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock measured as of the closing of the sale of the Shares, including the Shares; and (iv) equity securities issued pursuant to employee compensation, incentive, benefit or purchase plans in effect as of the date hereof or subsequently adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall cause its directors, officers and Affiliates not to, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy any shares of Common Stock or shares of any series of preferred stock or other securities or instruments convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise entitling the holder thereof to acquire shares of Common Stock that would be integrated with the sale of the Shares to the Purchaser for purposes of the Securities Act.
          4.39 No Undisclosed Events, Liabilities, Developments or Circumstances. Except for the transactions contemplated hereby, which will be disclosed in the Press Release (as defined in Section 7.1(i) below), no event, liability, development or circumstance has occurred or exists, or is contemplated to occur, with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective business, properties, prospects, operations or financial condition, that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws on a registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC relating to an issuance and sale by the Company of its Common Stock and which has not been publicly announced.
     5. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Purchaser. The Purchaser represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Company that:
          5.1 Experience. (i) The Purchaser is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in financial and business matters, in making, and is qualified to make, decisions with respect to investments in shares representing an investment decision like that involved in the purchase of the Shares, including, without limitation, investments in securities issued by the Company and comparable entities, and the Purchaser has undertaken an independent analysis of the merits and the risks of an investment in the Shares and has reviewed carefully the Private Placement Memorandum, based on the Purchaser’s own financial circumstances; (ii) the Purchaser has had the opportunity to request, receive, review and consider all information it deems relevant in making an informed decision to purchase the Shares and to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning such information; (iii) the Purchaser is acquiring the number of Shares set forth in Section 2 above in the ordinary course of its business and for its own account and with no present intention of distributing any of such Shares or any arrangement or understanding with any other Persons regarding the distribution of such Shares (this representation and warranty not limiting the Purchaser’s right to resell the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement or in compliance with the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations, or, other than with respect to any claims arising out of a breach of this representation and warranty, the Purchaser’s right to indemnification under Section 7.3); (iv) the Purchaser will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, pledge (other than pledges in connection with bona fide margin accounts), transfer or otherwise dispose of (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of (other than pledges in connection with bona fide margin accounts)) any of the Shares, nor will the Purchaser engage in any short sale that

15


 

results in a disposition of any of the Shares by the Purchaser, except in compliance with the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and any applicable state securities laws as currently interpreted on the date hereof; (v) the Purchaser will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it in connection with resales of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement or with the applicable requirements of any exemption from the Securities Act; (vi) the Purchaser has completed or caused to be completed the Registration Statement Questionnaire attached hereto as part of Appendix I, for use in preparation of the Registration Statement, and the answers thereto are true and correct as of the date hereof and will be true and correct as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, unless the Purchaser notifies the Company otherwise, and the Purchaser will notify the Company immediately of any material change in any such information provided in the Registration Statement Questionnaire until such time as the Purchaser has sold all of its Shares or until the Company is no longer required to keep the Registration Statement effective; (vii) the Purchaser has, in connection with its decision to purchase the number of Shares set forth in Section 2 above, relied solely upon the SEC Documents, the Private Placement Memorandum and the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, and the Purchaser has not relied on the Placement Agent in negotiating the terms of its investment in the Shares and, in making a decision to purchase the Shares, the Purchaser has not received or relied on any communication, investment advice or recommendation from the Placement Agent; (viii) the Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss this investment with representatives of the Company and ask questions of them but has not relied on any communication (other than the Private Placement Memorandum) or recommendation from any representative of the Company and (ix) the Purchaser is an “accredited investor” (an “Accredited Investor”) within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act.
          5.2 Reliance on Exemptions. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance upon specific exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the Rules and Regulations and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Purchaser’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares.
          5.3 Confidentiality. For the benefit of the Company, the Purchaser previously agreed with the Placement Agent to keep confidential all information concerning this private placement. The Purchaser is prohibited from reproducing or distributing this Agreement, the Private Placement Memorandum or any other offering materials or other information provided by the Company in connection with the Purchaser’s consideration of its investment in the Company, in whole or in part, or divulging or discussing any of their contents, except to its financial, investment or legal advisors in connection with its proposed investment in the Shares. Further, the Purchaser understands that the existence and nature of all conversations and presentations, if any, regarding the Company and this offering must be kept strictly confidential. The Purchaser understands that the federal securities laws impose restrictions on trading based on information regarding this offering. In addition, the Purchaser hereby acknowledges that unauthorized disclosure of information regarding this offering may result in a violation of Regulation FD. This obligation will terminate upon the filing by the Company of the Press Release (as defined below), which shall include any material, non-public information provided to

16


 

the Purchaser prior to the date hereof. In addition to the above, the Purchaser shall maintain in confidence the receipt and content of any notice of a Suspension (as defined in Section 5.9 below). The foregoing agreements shall not apply to any information that is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the Purchaser, or that the Purchaser is legally required to disclose; provided, however, that if the Purchaser is requested or ordered to disclose any such information pursuant to any court or other government order or any other applicable legal procedure, it shall provide the Company with prompt notice of any such request or order in time sufficient to enable the Company to seek an appropriate protective order.
          5.4 Investment Decision. The Purchaser understands that nothing in the Agreement or any other materials presented to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares constitutes legal, tax or investment advice. The Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of the Shares.
          5.5 Risk of Loss. The Purchaser understands that its investment in the Shares involves a significant degree of risk, including a risk of total loss of the Purchaser’s investment, and the Purchaser has full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors related to the Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares, including, but not limited to, those set forth and incorporated by reference under the caption “Risk Factors” in the Private Placement Memorandum. The Purchaser understands that the market price of the Common Stock has been volatile and that no representation is being made as to the future value of the Common Stock.
          5.6 Legend; Legend Removal. The Purchaser understands that, until such time as the Registration Statement has been declared effective, or the Shares are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, the Shares will bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form:
“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (1) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE SECURITIES LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS OR THE COMPANY HAS

17


 

RECEIVED FROM THE HOLDER REASONABLE ASSURANCE THAT THE SHARES CAN BE SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.”
     The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of the Shares upon which it is stamped or issue such Shares to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), if, unless otherwise required by state securities laws, (i) the Registration Statement covering registered resales of such Shares has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Registration Statement remains effective under such Act, or (ii) in connection with any sale, assignment or other transfer of Shares that is not to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement, such holder first provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, in a generally acceptable form, to the effect that such sale, assignment or transfer of the Shares may be made without registration under the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and that such legend is no longer required, or (iii) such holder first provides the Company with reasonable assurance that the Shares can be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent and all DTC fees associated with such issuance. If the Company shall fail for any reason or for no reason to issue to the holder of the Shares within five (5) Trading Days (as defined below) after the occurrence of any of (i) through (iii) above and following the delivery by such holder to the Company in accordance with Section 10 hereof or to the Company’s transfer agent (with a copy delivered to the Company in accordance with Section 10 hereof) of a certificate representing Shares issued with a restrictive legend, a certificate without such legend to such holder or to issue such Shares to such holder by electronic delivery at the applicable balance account at DTC, and if on or after such Trading Day such holder purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by such holder of such Shares that the holder anticipated receiving without legend from the Company (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall, within five (5) Trading Days after such holder’s request and in such holder’s discretion, either (i) pay cash to such holder in an amount equal to such holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock actually purchased by such holder (the “Buy-In Price”), at which point the Company’s obligation to deliver such unlegended Shares shall terminate and such holder shall transfer to the Company title to such Shares and hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company such documentation as the Company may reasonably request to reflect such transfer, or (ii) promptly honor its obligation to deliver to the holder such unlegended Shares as provided above and pay cash to the holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (A) such number of shares of Common Stock, times (B) the closing bid price of the Common Stock on the date such legend-free Shares were required to have been delivered. For purposes of the Agreement, “Trading Day” means a day on which the Common Stock is traded on The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not then traded on The New York Stock Exchange, the principal market or exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted for trading.

18


 

     The Company acknowledges and agrees that, so long as Shares owned by the Purchaser remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 and have not been sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Purchaser may from time to time pledge some or all of such Shares pursuant to a bona fide margin agreement with a registered broker-dealer that is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “QIB”) or an Accredited Investor or grant a security interest in some or all of such Shares to a financial institution that is a QIB or an Accredited Investor (each such pledgee or transferee, a “Qualifying Institution”), provided in each case such Qualifying Institution agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation complying with the restrictions on transfer set forth herein and agreeing not to make any sale of the Shares under the Registration Statement without complying with the provisions of this Agreement and without effectively causing the prospectus delivery requirement under the Securities Act to be satisfied). The Purchaser shall not be required to give notice to the Company of such pledge or granting of a security interest, but, in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof, shall promptly furnish to the Company upon request a copy of such instrument or instrument of transfer evidencing the assignee’s or transferee’s agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including Section 11 hereof). If required under the terms of the Purchaser’s arrangement with such Qualifying Institution, the Purchaser may transfer any such pledged or secured Shares to such Qualifying Institution, provided such transfer is made in compliance with the Securities Act and the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and any applicable state securities laws. Such transfer would not be subject to approval by the Company, and no legal opinion of legal counsel of the Qualifying Institution would be required in connection therewith. At the Purchaser’s expense, the Company will execute and deliver such reasonable documentation as such Qualifying Institution may reasonably request in connection with a transfer of such Shares, including, if appropriate, the preparation and filing of any required prospectus supplement under Rule 424(b)(3) under the Securities Act or other applicable provision of the Securities Act to appropriately amend the list of selling stockholders thereunder to include such Qualifying Institution as a selling stockholder therein.
          5.7 Stop Transfer. The certificates representing the Shares will be subject to a stop transfer order with the Company’s transfer agent prior to the time that the resale Registration Statement on Form S-3 is effective, which order restricts the transfer of such shares, except in circumstances in which the Company is permitted to suspend the effectiveness of the Registration Statement as permitted herein and with notice provided to the Purchaser of such stop transfer order in accordance with Section 10.
          5.8 Residency. The Purchaser’s principal executive offices are in the jurisdiction set forth immediately below the Purchaser’s name on the signature pages hereto.
          5.9 Public Sale or Distribution. The Purchaser hereby covenants with the Company not to make any sale of the Shares under the Registration Statement without complying with the provisions of this Agreement and without effectively causing the prospectus delivery requirement under the Securities Act to be satisfied (whether physically or through compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act or any similar rule). The Purchaser acknowledges that there may occasionally be times when the Company must suspend the use of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) forming a part of the Registration Statement (a “Suspension”) until such time as an amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed by the Company

19


 

and declared effective by the Commission, or until such time as the Company has filed an appropriate report with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. Without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, the Purchaser shall not use any written materials to offer the Shares for resale other than the Prospectus, including any “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser covenants that it will not sell any Shares pursuant to said Prospectus during the period commencing at the time when the Company gives the Purchaser written notice of Suspension of the use of said Prospectus and ending at the time when the Company gives the Purchaser written notice that the Purchaser may thereafter effect sales pursuant to said Prospectus. In each such notice, the Company shall not disclose the content of any material, non-public information to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall maintain in confidence the receipt of any notice of Suspension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that no Suspension shall be for a period in excess of fifteen (15) consecutive days, and during any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period, the aggregate of all of the Suspensions shall not exceed an aggregate of thirty (30) days, and the first day of any Suspension shall be at least five (5) trading days after the last day of any prior Suspension (each, an “Allowable Suspension Period”).
          5.10 Organization; Validity; Enforcements. The Purchaser further represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Company that (i) the Purchaser has full right, power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, (ii) the making and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not violate any provision of the organizational documents of the Purchaser or conflict with, result in the breach or violation of, or constitute, either by itself or upon notice or the passage of time or both, a default under any material agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, franchise, license, indenture, permit or other instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or, any statute or any authorization, judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation of any court or any regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body applicable to the Purchaser, (iii) no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body is required on the part of the Purchaser for the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws or judicial decisions of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and the application of equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution, including, but not limited to, the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 7.3 of this Agreement, may be limited by federal or state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws and (v) there is not in effect any order enjoining or restraining the Purchaser from entering into or engaging in any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          5.11 Short Sales. Since the time the Purchaser was first contacted about the offering of the Shares and the transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchaser has not taken, and prior to the public announcement of the transaction the Purchaser shall not take, any action that

20


 

has caused or will cause the Purchaser to have, directly or indirectly, sold or agreed to sell any shares of Common Stock, effected any short sale, whether or not against the box, established any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Common Stock, granted any other right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with respect to the Common Stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to or derived any significant part of its value from the Common Stock.
     6. Survival of Agreements; Non-Survival of Company Representations and Warranties. Notwithstanding any investigation made by any party to this Agreement or by the Placement Agent, all representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by the Company and the Purchaser herein and in the certificates for the Shares delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution of this Agreement, the delivery to the Purchaser of the Shares being purchased and the payment therefor.
     7. Registration of the Shares; Compliance with the Securities Act.
          7.1 Registration Procedures and Expenses. The Company shall:
     (a) as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than five business days following the Closing Date (the “Filing Deadline”), prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to the resale of the Shares and related Rights by the Purchaser and the Other Purchasers from time to time on The New York Stock Exchange, or the facilities of any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded or in privately-negotiated transactions;
     (b) use its reasonable best efforts, subject to receipt of necessary information from the Purchasers, to cause the Commission to declare the Registration Statement effective by the earlier of (i) 3 days after the Commission has advised the Company that the Registration Statement has not been selected for review by the Commission, (ii) 3 days after the Commission has advised the Company the Commission has no more comments with respect to the Registration Statement or (iii) 75 days after the Closing Date (each of (i) and (ii), the “Effective Deadline”);
     (c) by 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the second business day following the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, the Company shall file with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424 under the Securities Act the final prospectus to be used in connection with sales pursuant to such Registration Statement;
     (d) promptly prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Investors may sell all of the Shares covered by such Registration Statement without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) (or

21


 

any successor thereto) promulgated under the Securities Act or (ii) the date on which the Investors shall have sold all of the Shares covered by the Registration Statement. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Investor” means a Purchaser or any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a Purchaser assigns its rights as a holder of Shares under this Agreement and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement and any transferee or assignee thereof to whom a transferee or assignee assigns its rights as a holder of Shares under this Agreement and who agrees to become bound by the provisions of this Agreement;
     (e) furnish to the Purchaser with respect to the Shares and related Rights registered under the Registration Statement (and to each underwriter, if any, of such Shares and related Rights) such number of copies of prospectuses and such other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of all or any of the Shares and related Rights by the Purchaser;
     (f) file documents required of the Company for normal Blue Sky clearance in states specified in writing by the Purchaser; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or consent to service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified or has not so consented;
     (g) bear all expenses in connection with the procedures in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this Section 7.1 and the registration of the Shares and related Rights pursuant to the Registration Statement, other than fees and expenses, if any, of counsel or other advisers to the Purchaser or the Other Purchasers or underwriting discounts, brokerage fees and commissions incurred by the Purchaser or the Other Purchasers, if any, in connection with the offering of the Shares and related Rights pursuant to the Registration Statement;
     (h) file a Form D with the Commission with respect to the Shares and related Rights as required under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and to provide a copy thereof to the Purchaser promptly after filing;
     (i) issue a press release describing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Press Release”) on or before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day following the date hereof; and
     (j) the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents not to, provide any Purchaser with any material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from and after the filing of the Press Release without the express written consent of such Purchaser;
     (k) in order to enable the Purchasers to sell the Shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, for a period of one year from Closing, use its reasonable best efforts to comply with the requirements of Rule 144, including without

22


 

limitation, use its reasonable best efforts to comply with the requirements of Rule 144(c) with respect to public information about the Company and to timely file all reports required to be filed by the Company under the Exchange Act; and
     (l) permit the Purchaser and its legal counsel to review and comment upon (i) an initial draft of a Registration Statement at least two (2) business days prior to its filing with the Commission and (ii) any numbered pre-effective amendment to such Registration Statement (for purposes of clarification, excluding any Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement) at least one (1) business day prior to its filing with the Commission. The Company shall furnish to the Purchaser or its legal counsel, without charge, copies of any correspondence from the Commission to the Company or its representatives relating to the Registration Statement.
     The Company understands that the Purchaser disclaims being an underwriter, but the Purchaser being deemed an underwriter shall not relieve the Company of any obligations it has hereunder. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof shall identify the Purchaser as an underwriter in any public disclosure or filing with the Commission or any stock exchange or market without the prior written consent of Purchaser. The forms of the questionnaires related to the Registration Statement to be completed by the Purchaser are attached hereto as Appendix I.
     For purposes of this Section 7.1 and for purposes of Sections 7.3(d), 7.6 and 18 hereof, the definition of “Shares” shall include any capital stock of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the Shares as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, exchange or similar event or otherwise.
          7.2 Transfer of Shares After Registration. The Purchaser agrees that it will not effect any disposition of the Shares or its right to purchase the Shares that would constitute a sale within the meaning of the Securities Act or pursuant to any applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to the Registration Statement referred to in Section 7.1, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or as otherwise permitted by law , and that it will promptly notify the Company of any changes in the information set forth in the Registration Statement regarding the Purchaser or its plan of distribution.
          7.3 Indemnification. For the purpose of this Section 7.3:
(i) the term “Purchaser Indemnified Persons” shall mean each Investor, director, officer, member, partner, employee, agent and representative of the Investor and each Person, if any, who controls any Investor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act; and
(ii) the term “Registration Statement” shall include any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, free writing prospectus, exhibit, supplement or amendment included in or

23


 

relating to, and any document incorporated by reference in, the Registration Statement referred to in Section 7.1.
     (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Persons, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, joint or several, to which the Purchaser Indemnified Persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, the Prospectus, financial statements and schedules, and all other documents filed as a part thereof, as amended at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, any information deemed to be a part thereof as of the time of effectiveness pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A, or pursuant to Rules 430B, 430C or 434, of the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations, or the Prospectus, in the form first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations, or filed as part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness if no Rule 424(b) filing is required or any amendment or supplement thereto, or that arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of them a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto not misleading or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable for amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchaser expressly for use therein, (B) the failure of the Purchaser to comply with the covenants and agreements contained herein or (C) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser herein, (ii) any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in the Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (iii) any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company contained in the Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby or (iv) any cause of action, suit or claim brought or made against such Purchaser Indemnified Person by a third party (including for these purposes a derivative action brought on behalf of the Company) and arising out of or resulting (A) from the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of the Agreement or any other certificate,

24


 

instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby, (B) from any transaction financed or to be financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of the issuance of the Shares or (C) solely from the status of such Purchaser or holder of the Shares as an investor in the Company, and the Company will promptly reimburse the Purchaser Indemnified Persons for reasonable legal and other expenses as such expenses are reasonably incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Persons in connection with investigating, defending or preparing to defend, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action.
     (b) The Purchaser and Other Purchasers will severally, but not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a “Control Person”), against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to which the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement or Control Person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, but only if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Purchaser) insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arise out of or are based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or that arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements in the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto not misleading or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchaser expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each such Control Person for any legal and other expense reasonably incurred by the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement or Control Person, as the case may be, in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the Purchaser’s aggregate liability under this Section 7 shall not exceed the amount of net proceeds received by the Purchaser on the sale of the Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7.3 of notice of the threat or commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an

25


 

indemnifying party under this Section 7.3, promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the omission to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party for contribution or otherwise under the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7.3 to the extent it is not prejudiced as a result of such failure. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded, based on an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party, that there may be a conflict of interest between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7.3 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed such counsel in connection with the assumption of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel, reasonably satisfactory to such indemnifying party, representing all of the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party. In no event shall any indemnifying party be liable in respect of any amounts paid in settlement of any action unless the indemnifying party shall have approved in writing the terms of such settlement; provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7.3 is required by its terms but is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)

26


 

of this Section 7.3 in respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Purchaser from the private placement of Common Stock hereunder or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but the relative fault of the Company and the Purchaser in connection with the statements or omissions or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties in this Agreement and/or the Registration Statement that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Purchaser on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the amount paid by the Purchaser to the Company pursuant to this Agreement for the Shares purchased by the Purchaser that were sold pursuant to the Registration Statement bears to the difference (the “Difference”) between the amount the Purchaser paid for the Shares that were sold pursuant to the Registration Statement and the amount received by the Purchaser from such sale. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Purchaser on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact or the inaccurate or the alleged inaccurate representation and/or warranty relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Purchaser and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (c) of this Section 7.3, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in paragraph (c) of this Section 7.3 with respect to the notice of the threat or commencement of any threat or action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this paragraph (d); provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any threat or action for which notice has been given under paragraph (c) for purposes of indemnification. The Company and the Purchaser agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7.3 were determined solely by pro rata allocation (if the Purchaser were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.3, the Purchaser shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the Difference exceeds the amount of any damages that the Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.3, the Purchaser shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the

27


 

amount of net proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of its Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement, less any other payments made by such Purchaser pursuant to this Section 7.3. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Purchasers’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7.3 are several and not joint.
          7.4 Termination of Conditions and Obligations. The restrictions imposed by Section 5.9 or Section 7.2 upon the transferability of the Shares shall cease and terminate as to any particular number of the Shares upon the earlier of (i) the passage of one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Shares and (ii) at such time as an opinion of counsel satisfactory in form and substance to the Company shall have been rendered to the effect that such conditions are not necessary in order to comply with the Securities Act.
          7.5 Information Available. The Company, upon the reasonable request of the Purchaser, shall make available for inspection by each Purchaser, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Purchaser or any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by the Purchaser or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Registration Statement, and all such information provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations imposed by Section 5.3.
          7.6 Delay in Filing or Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Public Information.
     (a) If (i) a Registration Statement covering all of the Shares required to be covered thereby and required to be filed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement is (A) not filed with the SEC on or before the respective Filing Deadline (a “Filing Failure”) or (B) not declared effective by the SEC on or before the Effectiveness Deadline (an “Effectiveness Failure”) or (ii) on any day after the Effective Date sales of all of the Shares required to be included on such Registration Statement cannot be made (other than during an Allowable Suspension Period (as defined in Section 5.9)) pursuant to such Registration Statement or otherwise (including, without limitation, because of a failure to keep such Registration Statement effective, to disclose such information as is necessary for sales to be made pursuant to such Registration Statement or to register a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock or to maintain the listing of the shares of Common Stock) (a “Maintenance Failure”) then, as partial relief for the damages to any Investor by reason of any such delay in or reduction of its ability to sell the underlying shares of Common Stock (which remedy shall not be exclusive of any other remedies available at law or in equity), the Company shall pay to each Investor relating to such Registration Statement an amount in cash equal to (A) one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate Purchase Price of such Investor’s Shares included in such Registration Statement on each of the following dates: (i)

28


 

the day of a Filing Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro rated for periods totaling less than thirty (30) days) thereafter until the date such Filing Failure is cured; (ii) the day of an Effectiveness Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro rated for periods totaling less than thirty (30) days) thereafter until the date such Effectiveness Failure is cured; and (iii) the initial day of a Maintenance Failure and on every thirtieth day (pro rated for periods totaling less than thirty (30) days) thereafter until the date such Maintenance Failure is cured. The payments to which an Investor shall be entitled to pursuant to this Section 7.6 are referred to herein “Registration Delay Payments.” Registration Delay Payments shall be paid on the earlier of (I) the last day of the calendar month during which such Registration Delay Payments are incurred and (II) the third Business Day after the event or failure giving rise to the Registration Delay Payments is cured. In the event the Company fails to make Registration Delay Payments in a timely manner, such Registration Delay Payments shall bear interest at the rate of one percent (1.5%) per month (prorated for partial months) until paid in full. The parties agree that the maximum aggregate Registration Delay Payments payable to an Investor under this Agreement shall be 10% of the aggregate purchase price paid by such Investor pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company has received a comment by the SEC requiring an Investor to be named as an underwriter in the Registration Statement (which notwithstanding the reasonable best efforts of the Company is not withdrawn by the SEC) and such Investor elects in writing not to be named as a selling stockholder in the Registration Statement, the Investor shall not be entitled to any Registration Delay Payments with respect to such Registration Statement.
(b) At any time during the period commencing on the six (6) month anniversary of the Closing Date and ending at such time that all of the Shares can be sold without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) and otherwise without restriction or limitation pursuant to Rule 144(c), including, if applicable, Rule 144(i), if a registration statement is not available for the resale of all of the Shares and the Company shall fail for any reason to satisfy the current public information requirement under Rule 144 (a “Public Information Failure”) then, as partial relief for the damages to any Investor by reason of any such delay in or reduction of its ability to sell the Shares of such Investor (which remedy shall not be exclusive of any other remedies available at law or in equity), the Company shall pay to each Investor an amount in cash equal to one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate Purchase Price of such Investor’s Shares on every thirtieth day (pro rated for periods totaling less than thirty days) after a Public Information Failure until the earlier of (i) the date such Public Information Failure is cured and (ii) such time that such public information is no longer required pursuant to Rule 144. The payments to which a holder shall be entitled pursuant to this Section 7.6(b) are referred to herein as “Public Information Failure Payments.” Public Information Failure Payments shall be paid on the earlier of (I) the last day of the calendar month during which such Public Information Failure Payments are incurred and (II) the third Business Day after the event or failure giving rise to the

29


 

Public Information Failure Payments is cured. In the event the Company fails to make Public Information Failure Payments in a timely manner, such Public Information Failure Payments shall bear interest at the rate of 1.5% per month (prorated for partial months) until paid in full.
          7.7 Questionnaires. The Purchaser agrees to furnish to the Company completed questionnaires in the form attached hereto as Appendix I at the Closing for use in preparation of the Registration Statement contemplated in Section 7.1. The Company shall not be required to include the Shares of the Purchaser in the Registration Statement and shall not be required to pay a cash payment to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 7.6 so long as the Purchaser fails to furnish fully completed questionnaires at the Closing or does not respond to subsequent written requests for information by the Company within two business days of such requests; provided that the Company shall be required to provide only two (2) such subsequent written request for information.
     8. Broker’s Fee. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company intends to pay to the Placement Agent a fee in respect of the sale of the Shares to the Purchaser. The Purchaser and the Company agree that the Purchaser shall not be responsible for such fee and that the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Persons against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, joint or several, to which such Purchaser Indemnified Person may become subject with respect to such fee. Each of the parties hereto represents that, on the basis of any actions and agreements by it, there are no other brokers or finders entitled to compensation in connection with the sale of the Shares to the Purchaser.
     9. Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of the Purchaser under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any Other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any Other Purchaser under the Agreements. The decision of each Purchaser to purchase the Shares pursuant to the Agreements has been made by such Purchaser independently of any other Purchaser. Nothing contained in the Agreements, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Agreements. Each Purchaser acknowledges that no other Purchaser has acted as agent for such Purchaser in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Purchaser will be acting as agent of such Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under this Agreement. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.
     10. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be mailed by first-class registered or certified airmail, e-mail, confirmed facsimile or nationally recognized overnight express courier postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so mailed and shall be delivered as addressed as follows:
if to the Company, to:

30


 

ION Geophysical Corporation
2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839
Attention: David L. Roland, Senior Vice President,
                  General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
Facsimile: (281) 879- 3600
E-mail: david.roland@iongeo.com
with a copy to:
Mayer Brown LLP
700 Louisiana, Suite 3400
Houston, Texas 77002-2730
Attention: Marc H. Folladori
Facsimile: (713) 238-4696
E-mail: mfolladori@mayerbrown.com
or to such other person at such other place as the Company shall designate to the Purchaser in writing; and
if to the Purchaser, at its address as set forth at the end of this Agreement,
with a copy to:
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:    (212) 756-2000
Facsimile:     (212) 593-5955
Attention:    Eleazer N. Klein, Esq.
or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.
     11. Changes. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Purchaser. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 11 shall be binding upon each holder of any securities purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of all such securities, and the Company.
     12. Headings. The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement.
     13. Severability. In case any provision contained in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

31


 

     14. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the federal law of the United States of America and the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Delaware to the rights and duties of the parties.
     15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party hereto and delivered to the other parties. Facsimile signatures shall be deemed original signatures.
     16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor the Purchaser makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.
     17. Fees and Expenses. Except as set forth herein, each of the Company and the Purchaser shall pay its respective fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     18. Parties. This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of and is binding upon the Purchaser and the Company and to the extent provided in Section 7.3, any Person controlling the Company or the Purchaser, the officers and directors of the Company, and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns and subject to the provisions of Section 7.3, no other Person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The term “successor and assigns” shall not include any subsequent purchaser, as such purchaser, of the Shares sold to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, it shall include purchasers of Shares if (i) the Investor agrees in writing with the transferee or assignee to assign such rights, and a copy of such agreement is furnished to the Company within a reasonable time after such assignment; (ii) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with a duly executed Stock Certificate Questionnaire from such transferee or assignee and written notice of (a) the name and address of such transferee or assignee, and (b) the securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned; (iii) immediately following such transfer or assignment, the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; (iv) at or before the time the Company receives the written notice contemplated by clause (ii) of this sentence, the transferee or assignee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the obligations of Investor under this Agreement; (v) such transfer shall have been made in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Agreement; and (vi) such transfer shall have been conducted in accordance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
     19. Further Assurances. Each party agrees to cooperate fully with the other parties and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements and to give such further written assurance as may be reasonably requested by any other party to evidence and reflect the

32


 

transactions described herein and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank]

33


 

Form of Agreement
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   David L. Roland   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary   
 
         
    Print or Type:  
 
       
 
       
Name of Purchaser
(Individual or Institution)
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Jurisdiction of Purchaser’s Executive Offices
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Name of Individual representing Purchaser (if an Institution)
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Title of Individual representing Purchaser (if an Institution)
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Number of Shares to Be Purchased
       
 
       
 
       
$
       
 
       
Price Per Share in Dollars
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Aggregate Price
    Signature by:  
 
       
 
       
Individual Purchaser or Individual
representing Purchaser:
       
 
       
 
             
         
   
 
       
   
Address:
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
Telephone:
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
Facsimile:
       
   
 
       
   
 
       
   
E-mail:
       
   
 
       

 

EX-10.3 4 h67643exv10w3.htm EX-10.3 exv10w3
Execution Copy
EXHIBIT 10.3
MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
Dated as of June 29, 2009
among
ICON ION, LLC,
as Lender,
and
ARAM RENTALS CORPORATION,
as Borrower
and
ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION,
as Guarantor

 


 

MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made as of June 29, 2009 by and among ARAM RENTALS CORPORATION (“Borrower”) with its principal office located at 7236 — 10th Street NE, Calgary Alberta, T2E 8X3, ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”), with its principal office located at 2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, and ICON ION, LLC, (the “Lender”) with its principal office located at 100 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
RECITALS
A.   Lender has agreed with Borrower that, at Borrower’s request, Lender shall make the Loan available to Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
B.   Borrower and Lender desire that this Agreement serve as a master agreement that sets forth the terms and conditions governing the Loan that Lender may make to Borrower.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1   Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
 
    “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have corresponding meanings.
 
    “Agreement” means this Master Loan and Security Agreement and all Schedules and Exhibits annexed hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time.

1


 

“Applicable Law” means, at any time, with respect to any Person, property, transaction or event, all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, treaties, judgments and decrees and all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, by-laws, permits, authorizations, guidelines, orders and policies of any governmental or regulatory body or Persons having authority over such Person, property, transaction or event.
“ARAM” means ARAM Systems Corporation, a Nova Scotia unlimited company, and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor; and its successors and permitted assigns.
“Assignment” means a collateral assignment in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto pledging to Lender as security for the Loan Borrower’s right, title and interest in, but not the obligations of Borrower under, the Contracts described in Schedule 1 thereto.
“BIA” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder as amended and in effect from time to time, and any successor statutes.
“Blocked Account” means each deposit account established at the Blocked Account Bank into which all Contract Receivables due under any Contract are to be deposited by the applicable Obligor, Borrower or Guarantor for the benefit of Lender over which Lender has a perfected security interest by way of a Blocked Account Agreement with a Blocked Account Bank.
“Blocked Account Agreement” means a blocked account control agreement entered into by Borrower, Lender and a Blocked Account Bank in respect of the Blocked Account in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
“Blocked Account Bank” means one or more commercial banks acceptable to Lender.
“Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or Canadian holiday, on which Canadian chartered banks are open for business in Calgary, Alberta, Canada.
“Canadian Insolvency Proceeding” means, with respect to any Person, any voluntary or involuntary insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, custodianship, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers, or any other proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Person, whether under the BIA, the CCAA or the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), or any other bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or any laws relating to relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness or reorganization, composition or extension of indebtedness.
“CCAA” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder, as amended and in effect from time to time, and any successor statutes.
“Closing Date” means June 29, 2009 or such other date as Lender and Borrower may mutually agree upon.
“Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 3.1.

2


 

“Consumer Goods” has the meaning given to such term in the PPSA.
“Contract” means a written lease, installment sale contract or other agreement evidencing payment obligations relating to the leasing or financing of Equipment, in each case, together with all schedules, riders, addenda or supplements thereto, provided that each such Contract is consistent with ARAM’s past practices.
“Contract Receivables” means, with respect to a Contract, all amounts due and payable or to become due and payable under such Contract, together with all rights to receive such amounts under such Contract.
Contribution Agreement” means the Section 85 rollover agreement between ARAM, as vendor, and Borrower, as purchaser, in respect of the transfer of the Equipment and Contracts in the form attached as Exhibit A.
Credit Parties” means Borrower and Guarantor and “Credit Party” means either of them.
“Default” means any of the events described in Section 7.1 regardless of whether any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied or met.
“Equipment” means: (i) any seismic equipment contributed by ARAM to Borrower pursuant to a Contribution Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) any additional seismic equipment contributed to Borrower including any additional seismic equipment that replaces the seismic equipment identified in subsection (i) in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, in each case, together with all parts, spare parts, accessories, attachments, upgrades, improvements, replacements, substitutions, additions, accessions, alterations and repairs incorporated therein or affixed thereto, and all proceeds thereof (including insurance proceeds); and “related Equipment” shall, when used with reference to any Contract, mean the Equipment subject to that respective Contract. For greater certainty, any Hewlett Packard leased equipment shall not be included in the definition of “Equipment”.
“Event of Default” means any of the events specified in Section 7.1, provided that any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, has been satisfied or met.
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Borrower, which commences each January 1 and ends each December 31.
“Foreign Located Equipment” means all seismic equipment located in Germany or Egypt, in each case, as listed in Schedule 1 attached hereto on the Closing Date, that will automatically be included in the definition of “Equipment” for all purposes of this Agreement immediately upon its arrival into North America.

3


 

“GAAP” means:
  (i)   in respect of Borrower, generally accepted accounting principles as approved by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants that are in effect from time to time, applied in a consistent manner from period to period; and
 
  (ii)   in respect of Guarantor, generally accepted accounting principles that are in effect in the United States from time to time, applied in a consistent manner from period to period.
“Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor in favour of Lender in respect of the Indebtedness of Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
“HSBC” means HSBC BANK USA, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the HSBC Credit Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.
“HSBC Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 3, 2008, among Guarantor, as domestic borrower, ION International S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited company (société a responsabilité limitée), as foreign borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, HSBC BANK USA, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions party from time to time thereto, as lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Hypothec” means a moveable hypothec executed by Borrower in favour of Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
“Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of the Loan made by Lender to Borrower hereunder, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts that Borrower may from time to time be obligated to pay to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Initial Draw Amount” has the meaning set out in Section 2.3(a).
“Interest Period” means a period (i) in the case of the first Interest Period, commencing on the Closing Date of the initial Loan and ending on and including the first Payment Date and (ii) for each successive Interest Period, commencing on each Payment Date and ending on, and including, the next Payment Date, provided if a Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the Interest Period shall end on the first Business Day thereafter, provided in no event will interest be charged twice for the same day.
“Interest Rate” means, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the following: (a) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum calculated monthly (the “Fixed Interest Rate”); and (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to Applicable Law, the sum of, with respect to the Loan, (i) applicable Fixed Interest Rate plus (ii) an additional 2.00% per annum.

4


 

“Liabilities” of any Person shall at any time mean all items that, in accordance with GAAP, would be included on the liability side of a balance sheet of that Person as of the date in question and shall include the following items whether or not so included in accordance with GAAP: (a) duties and obligations (excluding unaccrued finance charges) of that Person, as obligor, under leases, whether or not capitalized; (b) indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness arising under conditional sale or other title retention agreements, but excluding, however, prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien in property owned or being purchased by that Person, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by that Person; and (c) all contingent obligations of that Person.
“Lien” means any lien, encumbrance or security interest of any kind whatsoever, whether arising under a Security Instrument or as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.
“Loan” means the loan that Lender makes to Borrower under Article 2 of this Agreement.
“Loan Documents” has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(d) and shall also automatically include, without limitation, the Blocked Account Agreement immediately upon being executed and delivered by Borrower, Lender and the Blocked Account Bank.
“Loan Limit” means US$20,000,000; a portion of which shall be available to Borrower under this Agreement and the remaining amount (if any) shall be made available to US Borrower under the US 2009 Loan Agreement.
“Material Adverse Change” means any change, event, violation, circumstance or effect that, when considered individually or when aggregated with other changes, events, violations, circumstances or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or affairs of Borrower or Guarantor, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower or Guarantor to perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents; or (iii) the ability of Lender to enforce its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents.
“Maturity Date” means July 31, 2014.
“Memorandum” means the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of Borrower.
“Note(s)” means the promissory note or notes issued by Borrower in connection with each borrowing under the Loan, in form and substance as set out in Exhibit D attached hereto.
“Obligations” means the Indebtedness, together with any and all other duties, obligations, undertakings and amounts required to be paid or performed by Borrower

5


 

and/or Guarantor under this Agreement and each Loan Document executed pursuant hereto.
“Obligor” means, with respect to a Contract, each Person having a payment obligation under or with respect to such Contract.
“Payment Date” means the first (1st) day of each calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.
“Permitted Jurisdictions” means, collectively, the United States and Canada and each other jurisdiction to which the Lender has consented in writing, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided that Lender has taken those steps reasonably required to obtain a valid, enforceable and perfected first lien, charge and security interest in the Equipment in each such jurisdiction.
“Permitted Liens” means:
  (i)   inchoate liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not at the time delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
  (ii)   non-consensual statutory Liens arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business to the extent such Liens secure indebtedness that is not overdue; and
 
  (iii)   rights of Obligors under Contracts in the related Equipment.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, company, partnership, firm, association, government, governmental agency or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.
“Pledge Agreement” means the non recourse securities pledge agreement from ARAM in favour of Lender in respect of all the outstanding equity securities of Borrower owned by ARAM in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
“PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act (Alberta) and all regulations and ministerial orders thereunder, as from time to time in effect in the Province of Alberta; provided, however, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any and all of the attachment, perfection or priority of the security interest of Lender in and to the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Province of Alberta, the term “PPSA” shall mean the personal property security legislation as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
“Proceeds” has the meaning given to such term in the PPSA.

6


 

    “Quarterly Report” means a completed report substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed and delivered by a senior officer of Borrower.
 
    “Residual Proceeds” means, as to a Contract, all Contract Receivables and monetary value received by Borrower, net of any out of pocket costs incurred in connection with obtaining such Contract Receivables and monetary value, after all of the obligations of the Obligor during the originally scheduled term of the Contract (including the payment of all taxes and charges relating to the Equipment) have been paid in full, including net proceeds realized from the sale, re-lease or rental of the Equipment or the renewal or extension of the Contract.
 
    “Scheduled Repayment” has the meaning provided in Section 2.8.
 
    “Second Draw Amount” has the meaning provided in Section 2.3(b).
 
    “Security Deposits” means monies held by Borrower on behalf of Obligors as collateral for obligations of such Obligors under the Contracts.
 
    “Security Instrument” means any security agreement, pledge agreement, lease intended as security, conditional sale contract, chattel mortgage, assignment, control agreement or other agreement, or any amendment, restatement, supplement, renewal or replacement thereof or thereto, or any financing statement or financing change statement, in each case granting, evidencing or perfecting any security interest in personal property.
 
    “Taxes” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.1(f).
 
    “US 2009 Loan Agreement” shall mean the Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2009, as amended, among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, US Borrower, as borrower, and ION Geophysical Corporation, as guarantor and all Loan Documents (as defined therein) pursuant thereto.
 
    “US Borrower” means ARAM Seismic Rentals, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Texas; and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
    US Borrower Hypothec” means a moveable hypothec executed by US Borrower in favour of Lender substantially in the form of the Hypothec.
 
    “US Dollars”, “USD” and “US$” means lawful money of the United States of America.
 
1.2   Other Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in the PPSA, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined therein.
 
1.3   Interpretation. As used in this Agreement, the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” the word “or” is not exclusive, and the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as

7


 

    referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignments set forth herein), (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, and (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless another document is specifically referenced.
 
1.4   U.S. Currency. Unless otherwise specified herein, all amounts and values referred to in this Agreement shall refer to lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments made hereunder shall be made in the currency in respect of which the obligation requiring such payment arose.
 
1.5   Determination of Rates and Basis of Calculation of Interest.
  (a)   The rates of interest and fees shall be determined by Lender whenever such determination is required for any purpose of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions provided herein, and such determination shall be prima facie evidence of such rate absent manifest error.
 
  (b)   All interest payments to be made under this Agreement shall be paid without allowance or deduction for deemed re-investment or otherwise, both before and after maturity and before and after default and/or judgment, if any, until payment of the amount on which such interest is accruing, and interest will accrue on overdue interest, if any.
 
  (c)   In calculating interest or fees payable under this Agreement for any period, unless otherwise specifically stated, the first day of such period shall be included and the last day of such period shall be excluded.
 
  (d)   Unless otherwise stated, wherever in this Agreement reference is made to a rate of interest “per annum” or a similar expression is used, such interest will be calculated on the basis of a calendar year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and using the nominal rate method of calculation, and will not be calculated using the effective rate method of calculation or on any other basis that gives effect to the principle of deemed re-investment of interest.
 
  (e)   For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and disclosure under such act, whenever interest to be paid under this Agreement is to be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days or any other period of time that is less than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest to which the rate determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent is the rate so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by 365 or 366 or such other period of time, as the case may be.

8


 

  (f)   If the payment of interest at the rate provided for in Subsection (b) of the definition of “Interest Rate” is not enforceable by reason of the Interest Act (Canada), then payment of interest after an Event of Default on principal and interest amounts shall be at the same rate of interest applicable thereto prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.
1.6   Maximum Return.
  (a)   In the event that any provision of this Agreement would oblige Borrower to make any payment of interest or any other payment that is construed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be interest in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by law or would result in a receipt by Lender of interest at a criminal rate (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted nunc pro tunc to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law or so result in a receipt by the Lender of interest at a criminal rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows:
  (i)   firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest otherwise required to be paid under Article 2 of this Agreement; and
 
  (ii)   thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts that would constitute interest for the purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada).
  (b)   If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.6 and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, the Lender shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by the Criminal Code (Canada), then such excess shall be applied by the Lender to the reduction of the principal balance of the Loan outstanding and not to the payment of interest or if such excessive interest exceeds such principal balance, such excess shall be refunded to Borrower.
 
  (c)   Any amount or rate of interest referred to in this Section 1.6 shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles at an effective annual rate of interest over the term of this Agreement on the assumption that any charges, fees or expenses that fall within the meaning of “interest” (as defined in the Criminal Code (Canada)) shall, if they relate to a specific period of time, be prorated over that period of time and otherwise be prorated over the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of dispute, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries appointed by the Lender shall be conclusive for the purposes of such determination.

9


 

ARTICLE 2
THE LOAN; COLLATERAL
2.1   The Loan. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender establishes and agrees to make available to Borrower a committed non-revolving term loan facility at the applicable Interest Rate.
 
2.2   Loan Limit. The maximum outstanding borrowings under the Loan shall not at any time exceed the Loan Limit.
 
2.3   Advances; Non Revolving Feature of Loan.
  (a)   On the Closing Date, Borrower may only draw under this Agreement by way of a single borrowing in a maximum amount of (i) US$12,500,000 less (ii) any borrowings made by U.S. Borrower under the US 2009 Loan Agreement (the “Initial Draw Amount”).
 
  (b)   On July 17, 2009, Borrower may make a second and final draw under this Agreement in a maximum amount of US$7,500,000 (the “Second Draw Amount”).
 
  (c)   On July 17, 2009, any undrawn commitment of Lender under this Agreement shall be automatically cancelled. No amounts repaid or prepaid by Borrower under this Agreement may be reborrowed.
2.4   Purpose of Loan. Borrower may use the proceeds of the Loan for general corporate purposes, working capital or to repay Liabilities.
 
2.5   Restrictions on Borrowing. Borrower shall not request a borrowing under the Loan if a Default or Event of Default exists at such time or if the result thereof would create or cause a Default or Event of Default.
 
2.6   Evidence of Indebtedness. Lender shall maintain accounts and records evidencing the Obligations of Borrower to Lender under this Agreement. Lender’s accounts and records shall constitute prima facie evidence of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under this Agreement in the absence of manifest error.
 
2.7   Procedure of Requesting the Loan. Borrower hereby requests the Initial Draw Amount on the Closing Date. In respect of the Second Draw Amount, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender on or before July 17, 2009 the written request in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F which shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify Lender against any loss or expense incurred by Lender as a result of any failure by it to fulfill on or before the date specified for such borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, including, without limitation, any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by Lender to fund any loan to be made by Lender as part of such borrowing if such loan, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

10


 

2.8   Scheduled Repayments. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Borrower shall permanently repay the principal amount of all borrowings outstanding under the Loan in the following amounts and on the following dates (each a “Scheduled Repayment”):
  (a)   for the period from the Closing Date to and including June 30, 2009, Borrower shall make a payment of interest only on July 1, 2009 based on the applicable Interest Rate and the Initial Draw Amount;
 
  (b)   for the period from the July 1, 2009 to and including July 31, 2009, Borrower shall make a payment of interest only on August 1, 2009 based on the applicable Interest Rate and the Initial Draw Amount;
 
  (c)   for the period from July 17, 2009 to and including July 31, 2009, Borrower shall make a payment of interest only on August 1, 2009 based on the applicable Interest Rate and the Second Draw Amount;
 
  (d)   sixty (60) equal monthly installments, payable monthly in arrears on the Payment Date, each monthly installment in the amount as set out in the amortization schedule annexed to each Note, with the first monthly payment due on September 1, 2009; and
 
  (e)   all remaining outstanding principal of the Loan together with all accrued interest, fees and other amounts then unpaid by Borrower with respect to the Loan, on the Maturity Date.
2.9   Prepayment.
  (a)   Borrower may not voluntarily prepay all or any outstanding borrowings under the Loan during the period from the Closing Date until and including July 31, 2012.
 
  (b)   During the period commencing August 1, 2012 until and including January 31, 2014, Borrower may make a prepayment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan plus all accrued and unpaid interest through such date plus all fees that are then owing and due provided that: (i) Borrower pays to Lender a prepayment fee equal to the amount of 3% of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at such time, and (ii) Borrower provides thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender.
 
  (c)   From and after February 1, 2014, Borrower may at any time, without payment of any penalty or fee, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, make a prepayment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan plus all accrued and unpaid interest through such date plus all fees that are then owing and due.
 
  (d)   Borrower may make a prepayment against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan as contemplated and permitted by Section 6.2(g)(ii)(B) provided that all terms and conditions of Section 6.2(g) are complied with by Borrower and Guarantor.

11


 

    Upon indefeasible payment in full of all amounts owing under or in connection with the Loan, and upon Borrower’s written request, Lender shall release its security interest in the Collateral securing the Loan.
 
2.10   Payments Generally. Each payment under this Agreement shall be made for value at or before 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day such payment is due, provided that, if any such day is not a Business Day, such payment shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be due on the Business Day next following such day (and any such extension shall be taken into account for purposes of the computation of interest and fees payable under this Agreement). All payments shall be made by Borrower to Lender by way of wire to the following account:
Account Name: ICON Leasing Fund Twelve, LLC
Account Number: 590411942
Bank Name: JP Morgan Chase
Bank Address: New York, NY
ABA: 021000021
2.11   Fees. The Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of 0.50% of the sum of the Initial Draw Amount and the Second Draw Amount on each of the 12th, 24th, 36th and 48th Payment Dates. Lender acknowledges receipt from Borrower of an irrevocable and fully earned commitment fee of $300,000.
 
2.12   Illegality. If the introduction of or any change in any Applicable Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof, makes it unlawful or prohibited for Lender to make, to fund or to maintain its commitment or any portion thereof or to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, Lender may, by 30 days written notice to Borrower (unless the provision of the Applicable Law requires earlier prepayment in which case the notice period shall be such shorter period as required to comply with the Applicable Law), terminate its obligations under this Agreement (or those that are unlawful or prohibited as the case may be) and in such event, the Borrower shall (to the extent required) prepay such borrowings under the Loan forthwith (or at the end of such period as Lender in its discretion agrees), without notice or penalty (other than breakage costs), together with all accrued but unpaid interest and fees as may be applicable to the date of payment.
ARTICLE 3
COLLATERAL SECURITY
3.1   Grant of Security. As general and continuing collateral security for the due payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower charges, pledges and assigns to Lender, and grants to Lender a lien and security interest in, all present and after acquired personal property and undertaking of Borrower including, without limitation, the following:
  (a)   all Equipment;

12


 

  (b)   all Contracts and Contract Receivables;
 
  (c)   all cheques, money orders, wire transfers, notes, drafts and other orders for payment of money or other remittances payable to Borrower and the depository accounts in the name of Borrower, including all Blocked Accounts, and including all sums now or hereafter on deposit in or payable to and any interest accrued or payable on the credit balances therein;
 
  (d)   any guarantees, supporting obligations or other collateral securing payment of the Contracts; and
 
  (e)   all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;
    but specifically excludes Consumer Goods (collectively, the “Collateral”).
 
3.2   Limitations on Grant of Security. If the grant of any security interest in any Contract under Section 3.1 would result in the termination or breach of the governing agreement relating to such Contract, then the applicable Contract will not be subject to any security interest under Section 3.1 but will be held in trust by Borrower for the benefit of Lender. In addition, the security interests created by this Agreement do not extend to the last day of the term of any lease, rental contract or other agreement now held or hereafter acquired by Borrower. Such last day will be held by Borrower in trust for Lender and, on the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement following an Event of Default, will be assigned by Borrower as directed by Lender.
 
3.3   Attachment. Borrower confirms that value has been given by Lender to Borrower, that Borrower has rights in the Collateral (other than after-acquired property) and that Borrower and Lender have not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the security interests created by this Agreement to any of the Collateral. The security interests created by this Agreement are intended to attach: (i) to existing Collateral when Borrower signs this Agreement; and (ii) to Collateral subsequently acquired by Borrower immediately upon Borrower acquiring any rights in such Collateral. The security interests created by this Agreement will have effect and be deemed to be effective whether or not the Obligations or any part thereof are owing or in existence before or after or upon the date of this Agreement.
 
3.4   Additional Security. The security interests created by this Agreement are in addition and without prejudice to any other security interests now or later held by Lender. No security interests held by Lender will be exclusive of or dependent upon or merge in any other security interests, and Lender may exercise its rights under such security interests separately or in combination.
 
3.5   Cooperation of Lender While in Possession of Collateral. To the extent Lender has perfected its security interest in Collateral by possession of such Collateral, Lender agrees to permit Borrower reasonable access to such Collateral (including making or allowing the Borrower to make copies of any Contracts that are in the possession of the Lender).

13


 

ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS
4.1   Conditions Precedent to the Loan — Initial Borrowing. The obligation of Lender to make available the initial borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and is conditional upon satisfactory evidence being given to Lender and its counsel as to compliance with the following conditions:
  (a)   Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as if made by the Borrower and the Guarantor contemporaneously with the initial borrowings under the Loan.
 
  (b)   Resolutions and Certificates. Lender shall have received, duly executed and in form and substance satisfactory to it:
  (i)   a copy of the constating documents and by-laws of each Credit Party and ARAM and a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of each Credit Party and ARAM authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, certified in each case by a senior officer of the applicable Credit Party and ARAM;
 
  (ii)   a certificate of incumbency for each Credit Party and ARAM showing the names, offices and specimen signatures of the officers who will execute the Loan Documents; and
 
  (iii)   a certificate of status for each Credit Party and ARAM or its equivalent from its jurisdiction of organization.
  (c)   Legal Opinions. Lender shall have received a favourable legal opinion from counsel to each Credit Party and ARAM in connection with the due authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the Loan Documents and related matters, which opinions shall be satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, acting reasonably.
 
  (d)   Delivery of Agreements. The Credit Parties shall have executed and unconditionally delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, the following documents to Lender (collectively, the “Loan Documents”):
  (i)   this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   the Assignment;
 
  (iii)   the Hypothec;
 
  (iv)   the Pledge Agreement together with (a) original share certificates evidencing the equity securities owned by ARAM in the Borrower, and (b) duly executed share transfer power in respect thereof undated in blank;

14


 

  (v)   the Guaranty;
 
  (vi)   the Note in connection with the Initial Draw Amount; and
 
  (vii)   an assignment of insurance executed by Borrower (but not the applicable insurer(s)) in favour of Lender (it being acknowledged by Lender that Borrower shall undertake to use its best efforts to obtain an acknowledgement from each applicable insurer within a reasonable period of time following the Closing Date, but that failure of Borrower to delivery any such acknowledgement shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement).
  (e)   No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
 
  (f)   Registration. Satisfactory evidence that Lender has a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in the Collateral in all jurisdictions deemed necessary or advisable by the Lender and its counsel.
 
  (g)   Insurance. Lender shall have received a satisfactory certificate of insurance issued by Borrower’s insurance broker (the insurance policies issued by a reputable underwriter satisfactory to Lender) in respect of all policies maintained by the Borrower naming Lender as a first loss payee and additional insured.
 
  (h)   Lender Fees. All fees and expenses payable pursuant to the terms and conditions of the letter dated May 21 from the Lenders to the Borrower otherwise due and payable by the Borrower to the Lender shall have been paid or shall contemporaneously be paid to the Lender including, but not limited to, the Commitment Fee.
 
  (i)   Legal Fees. The legal fees and disbursements of Lender’s counsel that have been invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid.
 
  (j)   HSBC Release. A satisfactory release from HSBC in respect of any security interest, lien, claim or encumbrance in respect of the Collateral.
 
  (k)   Liens against Equipment. There shall be no liens, encumbrances or other security interests charging any of the Equipment, other than security interests in favour of Lender or other Liens not otherwise prohibited under Section 6.2(b).
 
  (l)   Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change shall not have occurred.
 
  (m)   Contribution Agreement. Lender has received a copy of the executed Contribution Agreements and Lender is satisfied with terms and conditions of transfer of the Equipment and contracts to Borrower pursuant to such Contribution Agreements.

15


 

  (n)   Financing Statements. Lender shall have received PPSA verification statements satisfactory to Lender and its legal counsel evidencing the registration of financing statements against each Obligor, as debtor, in favour of Borrower, as secured party, in all jurisdictions required by Lender and it legal counsel.
4.2   Conditions Precedent to the Loan — Subsequent Borrowings. The obligation of Lender to make available the additional drawing contemplated in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement after the initial drawing and Closing Date is conditional upon satisfactory evidence being given to Lender as to compliance with the following conditions:
  (a)   Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as if made by Borrower and Guarantor contemporaneously with any subsequent borrowing under the Loan.
 
  (b)   No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
 
  (c)   Notice of Borrowing. Lender shall have received a notice of borrowing as contemplated in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.
 
  (d)   Liens against Equipment. There shall be no liens, encumbrances or other security interests charging any of the Equipment, other than security interests in favour of Lender.
 
  (e)   Notice of Liens. Lender shall not have received written notice of any lien, trust, charge, encumbrance or other security interest affecting the Equipment charged by Lender’s Loan Documents or an execution.
 
  (f)   Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change shall not have occurred since the Closing Date.
 
  (g)   Bankruptcy Remoteness. Borrower shall be a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity as such term is generally recognized to mean in the United States that is satisfactory to Lender and its legal counsel. The Memorandum shall have been amended such that Borrower is a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity to the satisfaction of Lender and its legal counsel. A certified copy of each Special Resolution passed amending the Memorandum as provided herein shall have been filed at the Nova Scotia Registry of Joint Stock Companies and a Registry certified copy of each such Special Resolution shall have been delivered to Lender. All “special purpose bankruptcy remote” provisions of the Certificate of Formation of US Borrower, a corporation formed or to be formed under the Texas Business Organizations Code, shall be contained in the Memorandum unless Lender waives any such requirement or any such provision is contrary to the laws of the Province of Nova or the laws of Canada applicable therein.
 
  (h)   Legal Opinion. Lender shall have received a favourable legal opinion from Nova Scotia counsel to Borrower in connection with the “bankruptcy remoteness” of Borrower, the non-consolidation of its property, assets and liabilities with that of

16


 

      ARAM, the Guarantor or any Affiliate of ARAM or the Guarantor and related matters, which opinion shall be satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, acting reasonably.
 
  (i)   Blocked Account. Evidence satisfactory to the Lender that a Blocked Account is opened and the accompanying Blocked Account Agreement is in effect between the Borrower and the Account Bank. Lender shall have received a favourable legal opinion from counsel to Borrower in connection with the due authorization, execution, delivery by the Borrower and enforceability against the Borrower of the Blocked Account Agreement, which opinion shall be satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, acting reasonably.
 
  (j)   Legal Fees. The legal fees and disbursements of Lender’s counsel that have been invoiced at least two Business Days prior to July 17, 2009 shall have been paid.
 
  (k)   Note. Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender the Note in respect of the Second Draw Amount.
 
  (l)   US Borrower PPSA Registrations. Satisfactory evidence that Lender has a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in all present and after-acquired assets and undertaking of US Borrower in all jurisdictions deemed necessary or advisable by Lender and its counsel.
 
  (m)   US Borrower Hypothec. US Borrower shall have executed and delivered the US Borrower Hypothec. Lender shall have received a favourable legal opinion from counsel to Borrower in connection with the due authorization, execution, delivery and enforceability of the US Borrower Hypothec, which opinions shall be satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, acting reasonably.
ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
5.1   Borrower’s Representations and Warranties.
  (a)   General Representations and Warranties as to Borrower. To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing and true from the time of Borrower’s execution of this Agreement until all of the Obligations hereunder and under each Assignment shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (i)   Organization, etc. Borrower is an unlimited liability corporation validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as an extra-provincial corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify might have a Material Adverse Effect and has full power and authority to own its property and conduct its business

17


 

      substantially as presently conducted by it. Borrower has full power and authority to enter into and to perform its Obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto.
 
  (ii)   Due Authorization. The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Agreement and each Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto and the performance by Borrower of its Obligations hereunder and thereunder and the borrowings hereunder by Borrower have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Borrower, do not require any approval or consent of any governmental agency or authority, do not and will not conflict with, result in any violation of, or constitute any default under, any provision of the memorandum of association, articles of association or by-laws of Borrower or any agreement binding upon or applicable to it (other than any agreement with respect to which a waiver has been obtained), or any present Applicable Law or governmental regulation or court decree or order applicable to it and will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien in any of its properties pursuant to the provisions of any present agreement binding upon or applicable to it.
 
  (iii)   Validity of This Agreement, etc. This Agreement is, and each other Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto will on the due execution and delivery thereof be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject only to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws at the time in effect affecting the enforceability of the rights of creditors generally; and equitable principles limiting the availability of the remedy of specific enforcement.
 
  (iv)   Financial Information. All balance sheets, statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows and other financial information that have been furnished by Borrower to Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except in the case of any unaudited statements, to the extent of the limited nature of the footnotes and subject to normal year-end adjustments) consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein) and present (except as aforesaid with respect to unaudited statements) fairly the financial condition of Borrower as at the dates thereof and the results of its operations for the periods then ended.
 
  (v)   Absence of Default. Borrower is not in default (after taking into account grace periods) in the payment of any liabilities representing any borrowing or financing or any other material liability or under any law or governmental regulation or court decree or order materially affecting its property or business.

18


 

  (vi)   Litigation. No litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its properties that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in any Quarterly Report delivered to Lender from time to time.
 
  (vii)   No Material Contingent Liabilities. Borrower does not have any material contingent liabilities of any kind.
 
  (viii)   Taxes. Borrower has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it (including, without limitation, all Taxes applicable to or arising out of the Equipment and the Contracts, the proceeds thereof or the leasing or financing thereof) and has paid, or will pay when due, all Taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing except to the extent that the Borrower has contested the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
 
  (ix)   Absence of Lien. Borrower is the owner of the Equipment, Contracts and other Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, other than the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(b).
 
  (x)   Contracts. Borrower and Guarantor covenant that each Contract has or will have arisen out of a bona fide transaction, accurately evidenced by the written terms of the Contract. Borrower only maintains one original of each Contract and to the extent any Contract constitutes “chattel paper” (as defined in the PPSA), and the original chattel paper counterpart is in Borrower’s possession. No Contract exists only in electronic form.
 
  (xi)   Accuracy of Information. All written information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender for purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all other such written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and does not omit any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading.
 
  (xii)   Security Interest. Each security interest in the Collateral granted pursuant to Section 3.1 is a valid, enforceable, first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) Lien that has attached, and has been timely and properly perfected under the provisions of the PPSA or similar law relating to the perfection and priority of the security interest granted.
 
  (xiii)   Eligible Contracts. Each Contract represents the absolute obligation of the related Obligor to pay the amounts set forth therein, free from any and all claims, defenses or rights of counterclaim against Lender.

19


 

  (xiv)   Security Deposits. Borrower has not received and does not hold any security deposit for any Contract.
 
  (xv)   Location of Equipment. The property, assets and the Equipment of Borrower (save and except for the Foreign Located Equipment) are located in Permitted Jurisdictions, and in no other jurisdiction .
 
  (xvi)   Foreign Located Equipment. The orderly liquidation value of the Foreign Located Equipment in aggregate is less than $300,000.
5.2   Guarantor Representations and Warranties. To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing and true from the time of Guarantor’s execution of this Agreement until all of the Obligations hereunder are paid and fully performed:
  (a)   Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
  (b)   Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties, and to carry on its business as now being conducted;
 
  (c)   The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Agreement and the Guaranty and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and are within Guarantor’s corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Guarantor;
 
  (d)   This Agreement, the Guaranty and all other documents or writings relating hereto or contemplated hereby or thereby to be signed by Guarantor constitute the valid and binding obligations of Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights in general, and equitable principles limiting the availability of the remedy of specific enforcement;
 
  (e)   The execution and performance of this Agreement and the Guaranty by Guarantor does not violate any laws, regulations, indentures or contracts to which Guarantor is a party or the organizational documents of Guarantor;
 
  (f)   Except as otherwise provided herein, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of Guarantor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Guaranty;
 
  (g)   Neither Guarantor nor any subsidiary of Guarantor to which Guarantor has delegated its servicing responsibilities, is a party to and there is no pending or threatened litigation, legal or administrative proceeding or otherwise that would,

20


 

      if decided against Guarantor or such subsidiary, have any material adverse impact on Guarantor’s or such subsidiary’s ability to service the Collateral;
 
  (h)   Guarantor agrees to, or cause ARAM and Borrower to, fully and completely perform all of its obligations under the Contribution Agreement in accordance with its terms and remakes for the benefit of Lender each of the representations and warranties made by ARAM, if any, in the Contribution Agreement; and
 
  (i)   The unaudited balance sheet of Guarantor as at December 31, 2008 and the related statement of income of Guarantor for the twelve month period then ended, certified by its chief financial officer, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of Guarantor at such date and the results of its operations for the periods then ended, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and since said date there has been no Material Adverse Change.
ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS
6.1   Affirmative Covenants. Guarantor and Borrower covenant and agree with Lender that until all of the Obligations (other than any indemnities that are not then due and owing) shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (a)   Financial Information; Quarterly Report. Guarantor and Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender copies of the following financial statements, reports and information:
  (i)   within forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each Fiscal Year, a Quarterly Report;
 
  (ii)   So long as: (a) Guarantor continues to be a public company; (b) Guarantor files its financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the Security and Exchange Commission; and (c) all such financial statements are available to the Lender through a public medium, such as EDGAR; and (d) an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing, neither Guarantor nor Borrower shall be required to provide the Lender with any financial statements; provided that in the event that any of the above conditions (a) — (d) are not satisfied, Borrower and Guarantor shall be required to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Lender, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s, (i) quarterly financial statements certified by the principal financial officer of Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, within sixty (60) days of the end of a fiscal quarter, (ii) annual audited financial statements for the Borrower and Guarantor, prepared by Guarantor’s certified public accountant, must be sent to the Lender within ninety (90) days of the end of the Guarantor’s Fiscal Year, (iii) a copy of the compliance certificate delivered to HSBC under the HSBC Credit

21


 

      Agreement, which shall include the financial covenant calculations required by the HSBC Credit Agreement;
 
  (iii)   upon written request by Lender, Guarantor or Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of each Contract (or to the extent any Contract constitutes “chattel paper,” the original chattel paper counterpart) or copies of any other document relating thereto in its possession within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s receipt of a written request for such information; and
 
  (iv)   such other information with respect to the financial condition and operations of Borrower and Guarantor as Lender may from time to time reasonably request, provided that Lender shall bear the cost of obtaining such information if and to the extent it is not already being compiled by or for Guarantor.
  (b)   Maintenance of Corporate Existence. Guarantor and Borrower will cause to be done at all times all things necessary to maintain and preserve their respective lawful existence.
 
  (c)   Bankruptcy Remoteness. Guarantor and Borrower agree that Borrower shall be, or shall cause to be, a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity as such term is generally recognized to mean in the United States that is satisfactory to Lender and its legal counsel on or before July 17, 2009. Guarantor and Borrower agree that (A) the Memorandum will be amended such that Borrower is a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity to the satisfaction of Lender and its legal counsel, (B) a certified copy of each Special Resolution passed amending the Memorandum as provided herein will be filed at the Nova Scotia Registry of Joint Stock Companies, and (C) a Registry certified copy of each such Special Resolution shall be delivered to Lender on or before July 17, 2009. Guarantor and Borrower agree that all “special purpose bankruptcy remote” provisions of the Certificate of Formation of US Borrower, a corporation formed or to be formed under the Texas Business Organizations Code, will be contained in the Memorandum unless Lender waives any such requirement or any such provision is contrary to the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia or the laws of Canada applicable therein on or before July 17, 2009.
 
  (d)   Maintenance of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remoteness. Upon Borrower becoming a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity, Guarantor and Borrower shall do, or cause to be done, at all times, all things necessary to maintain and preserve the “special purpose bankruptcy remoteness” of Borrower, including, but not limited to, all things necessary to maintain its separate corporate existence and identity and all things necessary to make it apparent to third parties it is an entity with property, assets and liabilities distinct from those of ARAM, the Guarantor or any Affiliate of ARAM or the Guarantor.

22


 

  (e)   Performance of Covenants in Memorandum. Guarantor and Borrower shall do, or cause to be done, at all times, all things necessary for the performance and observance of all covenants in the Memorandum.
 
  (f)   Payment of Taxes, etc. Guarantor and Borrower will pay and discharge, prior to the same becoming delinquent, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (“Taxes”) against or on any of the Contracts or other Collateral, as well as claims of any kind that, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of the Contracts or other Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require Borrower or Guarantor to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as they shall contest the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall set aside on their respective books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
 
  (g)   Agreements with Respect to Equipment. Guarantor and Borrower will, to the best of their ability, at all times cause each item of Equipment to be maintained, preserved and kept in good condition (as when originally delivered), repair and working order, subject to normal wear and tear and to be maintained in accordance with all industry and regulatory standards and all manufacturer’s suggested and recommended maintenance procedures (including, without limitation, preventive maintenance) and to cause any related software to be used in accordance with any license agreement governing such software. Borrower and Guarantor covenant that the Equipment is capable of performing the task for which it was originally intended and conforms to all regulatory requirements and Applicable Laws imposed by any governmental body with respect to the Equipment.
 
  (h)   Notice of Default and Litigation. Guarantor and Borrower will promptly give notice to Lender of: (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Guarantor or Borrower to Lender that has been instituted or, to the knowledge of Guarantor or Borrower, is threatened against Guarantor or Borrower or any of their respective properties that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) any material development that has occurred in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding previously disclosed in writing by Guarantor or Borrower to Lender that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iv) any other event, development or condition which may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (i)   Performance of Loan Document Obligations. Borrower will perform promptly and faithfully all of its Obligations under each Loan Document executed pursuant hereto.
 
  (j)   Books and Records. Guarantor and Borrower will each keep their respective books and records reflecting, in all material respects, all of their respective business affairs and transactions in accordance with GAAP and will permit

23


 

      Lender (or any of representatives thereof), subject to the requirements of the Protection of Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act, at reasonable times and intervals, to visit its offices where such books and records are kept, discuss its financial matters with their respective officers and independent accountants (and hereby authorizes such independent accountants to discuss their respective financial matters with Lender and its representatives) and examine any of their books and other corporate records.
 
  (k)   Maintenance of Security Interest. Guarantor and Borrower each agree to maintain the perfection of the first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in and to the Collateral and shall not permit any other Lien on the Collateral other than the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(b). Guarantor and Borrower will, at their sole cost, defend any claims with respect to Lender’s perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral.
 
  (l)   Performance of Contract Duties. Guarantor and Borrower warrant that they have performed, and covenant and agree that they will continue to perform, their respective duties and obligations under each Contract.
 
  (m)   Lender’s Performance for Borrower. If Guarantor or Borrower shall fail to pay Taxes with respect to or maintain any Equipment in accordance herewith, Lender may (but shall have no duty to do so), cause the same to be done or performed; and in any such case, the amounts paid by Lender shall be immediately upon demand reimbursed to it by Guarantor or Borrower, and shall bear interest from the date incurred until the date in question at the applicable Interest Rate.
 
  (n)   Notice of Relocation. Borrower and Guarantor will give Lender at least thirty (30) days prior written Notice of any relocation of the chief executive office or principal place of business of either of them.
 
  (o)   Contribution Agreement. Borrower shall enforce ARAM’s responsibilities to Borrower under the Contribution Agreement in all respects and shall not waive the performance by ARAM of its responsibilities thereunder, without the prior written consent of Lender.
 
  (p)   Insurance. Borrower and Guarantor shall insure the Equipment with such insurers and with such coverage and against such loss or damage to the full insurable value of the Equipment to the extent insured against by comparable corporations engaged in comparable businesses or according to industry standards. Losses under all such insurance policies affecting the Equipment shall be payable to Lender as first loss payee. Each such policy shall provide for a minimum of 30 days prior notice to Lender of cancellation or lapse. Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all premiums necessary to maintain any such insurance policies as such premiums become due and payable. Borrower agrees that it shall forthwith provide to Lender a certified copy of each policy of insurance within 120 days of the Closing Date, and will provide a certified copy of each policy of insurance issued in replacement of or in substitution for any

24


 

      policy of insurance or policies of insurance or as a renewal of any policy of insurance or policies of insurance within 30 days following request from Lender.
 
  (q)   Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of all borrowings for the purposes contemplated under this Agreement.
 
  (r)   New Contracts. Borrower and Guarantor shall ensure that any Contracts entered into after the Closing Date shall be in the name of Borrower (and not Guarantor or ARAM). Borrower shall maintain one original of each such Contract and to the extent any such Contract constitutes “chattel paper” (as defined in the PPSA), the original chattel paper counterpart shall remain in Borrower’s possession unless delivered to Lender under Section 6.1(a)(iii). The Borrower shall ensure that no Contract exists only in electronic form. If reasonably requested by Lender, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable third party to provide a satisfactory consent of the assignment by way of security of such new Contract to Lender.
 
  (s)   PPSA Registrations re: Contracts. Borrower shall provide written confirmation to Lender confirming that all PPSA registrations required under all applicable provincial laws have been made by Borrower against each Obligor (in its capacity as lessee) under each new Contract entered into by Borrower to perfect the security interests created under such Contract within ten (10) Business Days after such Contract is entered into by Borrower. Borrower shall register, or cause to be registered, in the applicable personal property registry system any renewals necessary to ensure that any existing financing statements registered against an Obligor shall not expire or lapse.
 
  (t)   Blocked Account. Borrower and Guarantor shall direct that all Obligors pay to or deposit, and to the extent required by Section 9.2(a), Borrower and Guarantor shall themselves pay or deposit (or cause to be paid or deposited), all Contract Receivables together with any proceeds from the sale of the Equipment as permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(g) into the Blocked Account, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower and Guarantor may, at any time during any month during the term of the Loan, provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be permitted to withdraw amounts from the Blocked Account so long as an amount equal to one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(d) remains in the Blocked Account after giving effect to any such withdrawal.
 
  (u)   Notice of Assignment. Borrower shall provide each Obligor notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, of the collateral assignment of its Contract within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date.
 
  (v)   US Borrower Hypothec. Borrower shall cause US Borrower to execute and deliver the US Borrower Hypothec on or before July 17, 2009.

25


 

6.2   Negative Covenants. Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, covenant and agree with Lender that until all of the Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (a)   Debt and other Liabilities. Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or otherwise become or be liable in respect of any Liabilities without the prior, written consent of Lender, other than:
  (i)   the Indebtedness and other Obligations;
 
  (ii)   liabilities in respect of Taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies and claims of any kind, to the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be required to be made or with respect to which the Borrower has contested the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto;
 
  (iii)   liabilities to the Guarantor in connection with the transfer of Contracts from the Guarantor to the Borrower that are being paid in full on Closing Date from the proceeds of the Loan
 
  (iv)   other Liabilities to Lender; and
 
  (v)   liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to the administration and operation of its business and consistent with the past practices of ARAM with respect to the Equipment or Contracts.
  (b)   Creation of Liens. Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of Borrower’s property, assets or Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
  (i)   the security interest granted by this Agreement or other agreements with Lender;
 
  (ii)   liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums either not overdue, or that are being contested in good faith and that have not resulted in perfected liens;
 
  (iii)   judgment liens junior and subordinate to the security interest created under this Agreement that have been in existence less than 20 days after the entry thereof or with respect to which execution has been stayed; and
 
  (iv)   Permitted Liens.
  (c)   Inconsistent Agreements. Neither Guarantor nor Borrower will enter into any agreement containing any provision that would be violated or breached by any sale of Contracts hereunder or under the Contribution Agreement or the performance by Borrower or Guarantor of its Obligations hereunder or under any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto.

26


 

  (d)   Relocation of Equipment. Borrower and Guarantor shall not allow the Equipment and any other Collateral to be moved outside of a Permitted Jurisdiction without providing at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice thereof to Lender.
 
  (e)   Not to Amalgamate, Merge, etc. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 7.1(i), no Credit Party shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by way of amalgamation, merger, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, consolidation, reorganization, reconstruction, continuance, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its properties, rights or assets would become the property of any other Person or, in the case of amalgamation, merger or continuance, of the continuing corporation resulting therefrom; provided that Guarantor may amalgamate into, merge with or convert or reorganize into any other Person so long (a) as the Guarantor is or will be the surviving Person following any such transaction or event, (b) no Event of Default then exists or would result after giving effect to such transaction or event, including any Event of Default under Section 7.1(i), (c) Guarantor shall have provided written notice to Lender of such transaction or event not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of such transaction or event, (d) Lender is in receipt of any information reasonably requested by it from Guarantor in respect of such transaction, and (e) Lender shall have determined in good faith that, after giving effect to such transaction or event, the Guarantor (as the surviving Person) is at least as credit-worthy as it was immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or event.
 
  (f)   Amendment of Memorandum, etc. With the exception of the amendment of the Memorandum as described and contemplated in Sections 4.2(g) and 6.1(c), Guarantor and Borrower shall not do, permit or allow, or shall cause not to be done, permitted or allowed, anything that would result in the amendment, supplementation, revocation, restatement or replacement of any provision of the Memorandum without the prior written consent of Lender or which would result in the violation of any provision of the Memorandum.
 
  (g)   Disposition of Equipment. The Borrower shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease (as lessor), contribute or otherwise dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to the Equipment other than:
  (i)   Any lease of Equipment pursuant to a Contract; and
 
  (ii)   Sales, assignments, transfers, conveyances or other dispositions of Equipment provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or continues to exist and that Borrower shall either:
  (A)   substitute the sold Equipment with other seismic equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) of at least equivalent value acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower has sold, assigned, transferred,

27


 

      conveyed or otherwise disposed of Equipment for which substitute equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) has not otherwise been provided having an aggregate fair market value in excess $100,000, or
 
  (B)   apply the proceeds therefrom against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan provided that: (I) such amount does not exceed $100,000 and is paid not more than one time during any quarter of Borrower’s Fiscal Year, and (II) the Borrower pays an administrative fee in the amount of $15,000 to Lender for every occurrence of the above right being exercised.
      Notwithstanding the above or any other term or provision contained in this Agreement, Borrower shall not enter into any agreement to sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any Equipment in reliance on this Section 6.2(g)(ii) in an individual or aggregate amount (based on the fair market value of the Equipment) of greater than $400,000 without the prior written consent of Lender, such written consent to be provided (or reasonably withheld) within two (2) Business Days after Lender is in receipt of such request by Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be permitted to sell, assign, transfer or convey Equipment upon the exercise by an Obligor of a purchase option, set forth in a Contract without prior written consent from Lender so long as the Borrower has (i) provided Lender written notice of Obligors’ exercise of its purchase option and a copy of the document exercising such option subject to any confidentiality limitations and a written description of the replacement equipment within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such request by Obligor, and (ii) substituted the sold Equipment with other seismic equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) of like-kind and at least equivalent value prior to such sale. For purposes of this Section 6.2(g), the fair market value for the Equipment is set out in Schedule 2 attached hereto. Lender will cooperate with Borrower’s reasonable requests to promptly deliver any chattel paper to the purchaser of any Collateral sold in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.2(g).
 
      Any payments made pursuant to Subsection 6.2(g)(ii)(B) shall be applied against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan. If a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may retain the proceeds from the sale of such Equipment and may apply such proceeds in its sole discretion against any amounts due and owing by Borrower to Lender.
ARTICLE 7
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
7.1   Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

28


 

  (a)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to pay when due any Indebtedness or other Obligation due to Lender, or failed to maintain in the Blocked Account an amount equal to at least one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(c), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;
 
  (b)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.1 (except for Section 6.1(c)) that is not cured thirty (30) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;
 
  (c)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.2;
 
  (d)   Any representation or warranty of Borrower or Guarantor made in this Agreement, the Contribution Agreement or any Loan Document executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, shall prove to have been materially untrue at any time made and if curable, is not cured with twenty (20) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;
 
  (e)   Any Event of Default (as defined in the US 2009 Loan Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing pursuant to the US 2009 Loan Agreement;
 
  (f)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any other covenant or agreement contained herein, in the Contribution Agreement or in any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto or thereto, and that failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;
 
  (g)   any event or condition occurs that results in any Liability having an aggregate principal outstanding amount exceeding US$20,000,000 becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Liability or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Liability to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to any secured Liability that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Liability;
 
  (h)   Guarantor or Borrower shall become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, debts as they become due; or Guarantor or Borrower shall apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver,

29


 

      interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, or other similar official for Borrower or Guarantor or any of its respective properties, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, or other similar official shall be appointed for Borrower or Guarantor or for a substantial part of its properties and not be discharged within thirty (30) days; or any Canadian Insolvency Proceeding, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding-up or liquidation proceeding shall be commenced in respect of Borrower or Guarantor and, if not commenced by Borrower or Guarantor, be consented to or acquiesced in by Borrower or Guarantor or remain for thirty (30) days undismissed; or Borrower or Guarantor shall take any action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing;
 
  (i)   without the written consent of Lender, a Person or Persons acting in concert shall acquire in a single transaction or a series of transactions more than fifty (50%) percent of the voting stock of the Guarantor or additional voting stock that when added to voting stock then held by such Person or Persons exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Guarantor, provided, however, that the current shareholders of Guarantor may transfer all of the voting stock of Guarantor to an entity owned in its entirety by the current shareholders of Guarantor so long as (A) no other provisions of this Agreement would be violated thereby, (B) Guarantor gives the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of such transfer, describing the capitalization and ownership of the transferee, (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving effect to such transfer, and (D) all action has been taken, to the satisfaction of Lender, such that Lender’s rights in any Collateral are preserved;
 
  (j)   If at any time there occurs an event or circumstance which constitutes a Material Adverse Change;
 
  (k)   If the Guaranty of the Obligations shall be terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid, without the prior written consent of Lender;
 
  (l)   If the Pledge Agreement shall be terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid, without the prior written consent of Lender
 
  (m)   If Borrower and Guarantor sells or otherwise disposes of, or agrees to sell or otherwise dispose of, all or a substantially all of the Equipment, in each case, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions;
 
  (n)   If Borrower or Guarantor suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease its business; or
 
  (o)   If any of the following events fail to occur on or before July 17, 2009: (A) the Memorandum are not amended such that Borrower is a “special purpose bankruptcy remote” entity to the satisfaction of Lender and its legal counsel, (B) a

30


 

      certified copy of each Special Resolution passed amending the Memorandum as required under this Agreement is not be filed at the Nova Scotia Registry of Joint Stock Companies, or (C) a Registry certified copy of each such Special Resolution is not delivered to Lender.
 
  (p)   If evidence satisfactory to Lender is not delivered on or before July 17, 2009 confirming that a Blocked Account Agreement is in effect between Borrower and the Blocked Account Bank.
 
  (q)   If Borrower fails to cause the US Borrower Hypothec to be executed and delivered to Lender on or before July 17, 2009.
7.2 Remedies.
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and in compliance with Applicable Law, Lender may exercise any or all of the following remedies, in addition to those granted to Lender under the PPSA of all applicable jurisdictions, and any other Applicable Law:
  (i)   Lender may enforce all rights and remedies under each Contract that constitutes Collateral under Article 3 hereof and may recover possession (subject to the right of an Obligor to quietly enjoy the use of any Equipment, so long as it has not breached nor defaulted in performing any of its duties or obligations under the Contract thereof) of any Equipment subject to a Contract, and may require that same be assembled and delivered to a specific location. Lender shall be entitled to a decree of specific performance to enforce the rights set forth herein.
 
  (ii)   Lender may give, or cause Guarantor or Borrower to give notice to each Obligor under any Contract to direct all Contract Receivables to Lender; Lender may collect and receive any and all Contract Receivables and other cash and non-cash proceeds that constitute part of, or are derived from, the Collateral including, without limitation, all renewal payments and Residual Proceeds.
 
  (iii)   Lender may sell all or any part of the Collateral, free from any and all claims of Borrower, in one lot and as an entirety, or in separate lots, at public or private sale, for cash or credit, in its discretion subject to the non-disturbance of the rights of quiet enjoyment of the Obligors under the Contracts. Upon any such public sale, Lender may bid for the property offered for sale or any part thereof and the proceeds of such sale, net of costs, shall be applied to any Obligations secured hereby as provided hereinafter. Any such sale shall be held or conducted in a commercially reasonable manner and at such place and at such time as Lender may specify, or as may be required by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower expressly agrees that in any such event that Lender, without demand of performance or other demand or notice of any

31


 

      kind (except notice of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands and/or notices are hereby expressly waived), may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral or any part thereof. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by law, such notification shall be deemed reasonably and properly given (i) if effectively received by Borrower at least five (5) days before such disposition, or (ii) ten (10) days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to Borrower for Borrower at the Borrower’s address for notices under this Agreement.
  (iv)   At the request of Lender, Borrower and Guarantor shall promptly execute and deliver to Lender such documents as Lender shall deem necessary or advisable to enable Lender to obtain possession of the Equipment or to transfer the title to the Equipment to any purchaser (including, without limitation, Lender) in connection with any sale. Upon taking possession and sale of the Equipment, Borrower shall cease to have any rights of redemption in respect of the Equipment hereunder, and no payments thereafter made by Borrower in respect of any or all of the Equipment shall give to Borrower any legal or equitable interest or title in or to the Equipment or any cause or right of action at law or in equity in respect of the Equipment against Lender, except that Lender shall report to Borrower regarding the proceeds of the sale and the application thereof.
 
  (v)   Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization and sale, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the recovery, care, safekeeping or otherwise of any or all of the Collateral or in any way relating to the rights of Lender hereunder, including reasonable legal fees and expenses as follows: first to its costs and expenses in enforcing Borrower’s or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, then to accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable Interest Rate, then to any other obligations of Borrower or Guarantor hereunder and then, any remainder, if any, to Borrower. Borrower or Guarantor hereby waive presentment, demand and protest (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) of any kind in connection with this Agreement or any Collateral.
ARTICLE 8
INDEMNITY
8.1   Indemnity. Borrower and Guarantor covenant and agree, at their sole cost and expense and without limiting any other rights that Lender has hereunder, to indemnify, protect and save Lender harmless against and from any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, demands, defenses, judgments, costs, disbursements or expenses of any kind or of any nature whatsoever that may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or

32


 

    awarded against Lender and related to or arising from the following, unless such claim, loss or damage shall be based upon the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender:
  (a)   any breach by Borrower of the representations, warranties, covenants, or other obligations or agreements made by Borrower in this Agreement, in any Contracts or in any agreement related hereto or thereto;
 
  (b)   the existence of any defense or offset against any Contract resulting from an act or omission of Borrower with respect to the sale, lease and delivery of any Equipment;
 
  (c)   the violation by Borrower of any Applicable Law;
 
  (d)   the reduction, or the claim or demand for a reduction, of any Obligor’s indebtedness under a Contract as a result of an act or omission of Borrower;
 
  (e)   a material misrepresentation made by Borrower to Lender;
 
  (f)   any alleged failure of any Contract or the related Equipment to comply with any Applicable Law;
 
  (g)   any alleged failure on Borrower’s part to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract or the related Equipment;
 
  (h)   any alleged injury to persons or property caused by the Equipment or any violation or invasion of any patent or invention rights in respect of the Equipment; or
 
  (i)   any governmental fees, charges, taxes or penalties levied or imposed in respect to any Contract or any related Equipment, other than income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on the Lender or any of its Affiliates.
ARTICLE 9
SERVICING AND ENFORCEMENT OF CONTRACTS
9.1   Servicing of Contracts. Borrower and Lender hereby appoint Guarantor, and Guarantor hereby accepts such appointment, to act as the agent for Lender with respect to the Contracts, Contract Receivables and the Equipment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Guarantor shall be responsible for collecting all amounts payable under the Contracts and enforcing the Contract provisions in accordance with the terms set forth herein and Lender shall have no responsibility or liability with respect thereto. Guarantor agrees that it shall carry out its collection responsibilities in accordance with prudent servicing standards and that it shall exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the same degree of skill and care that Guarantor exercises with respect to similar contracts and equipment owned or serviced by Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower and Lender acknowledge and agree that Guarantor may delegate its

33


 

    responsibilities to act as agent to one or more of its subsidiaries provided that prior written notice is given to Lender and Guarantor remains liable for such responsibilities.
9.2   Payment from Obligors.
  (a)   Lender acknowledges that not all Contract Receivables are collected via pre-authorized payment systems. If at any time the amount on deposit in the Block Account is less than one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(d), Borrower or Guarantor shall deposit in the Blocked Account promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days of receipt, all payments received from any Obligor or any insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment, and until deposited in the Blocked Account, Borrower and Guarantor shall hold all such amounts in trust for the benefit of Lender. Except for Borrower’s ability to withdraw amounts from the Blocked Account in accordance with Section 6.1(t), the Blocked Account shall be under control of Lender and Lender may move funds out of the Blocked Account in Lender’s sole discretion.
 
  (b)   Until deposited in the Blocked Account, Borrower and Guarantor shall hold all Contract Receivables that are not pre-authorized payment systems or otherwise deposited into the Blocked Account, in trust for the benefit of Lender.
9.3   Taxes. With respect to Taxes, Borrower and Guarantor agree that any and all Taxes and credits, refunds or the like with respect to Taxes accrued or assessed with respect to the Equipment or the Collateral through and including the date of this Agreement shall be the liability of or credit of Borrower and all liabilities shall be paid solely by Borrower or Guarantor.
 
9.4   Cooperation.
  (a)   Guarantor, Borrower and Lender agree to: cooperate fully with and make available to one another and to any taxing authority as reasonably requested all information, records, and documents relating to Taxes relating to the Contracts and Equipment and timely furnish one another with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection with any tax audit or information request with respect to any such taxable period.
 
  (b)   Without limitation, and in addition to other indemnities contained herein, Borrower and Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify Lender relating to any failure by Guarantor to comply with the sale and use tax laws of any jurisdiction.
9.5   General Offset. In the event either Guarantor or Borrower fails to pay any amount owed to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, Borrower and Guarantor agree that Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, may offset such amount from funds held by Lender pursuant to this Agreement. Such offset shall not relieve Borrower and/or Guarantor of the obligations to pay such amount and upon any such repayment by Borrower or Guarantor, the amount refunded by Borrower or Guarantor to Lender shall be deemed to be held by Lender pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

34


 

ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1   Fees, Costs and Expenses.
  (a)   Borrower and Guarantor jointly and severally agree to pay all of the costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the review, documentation and/or preparation for closing and closing of this transaction, and the Loan, including but not limited to, all reasonable legal fees, and out-of-pocket expenses of Lender and Lender’s legal counsel related to this transaction, and all audit fees as provided in Section 6.1(j) hereof.
 
  (b)   Borrower and Guarantor jointly and severally agree to pay all cost and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable legal fees with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or the Loan, or realizing on the Collateral therefor, or any waivers granted by Lender hereunder, or any Amendment hereto agreed to by Lender.
10.2   Power of Attorney. Borrower and Guarantor hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Lender as Borrower’s and Guarantor’s attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for Borrower and Guarantor, and in Borrower’s and Guarantor’s name to do, at Lender’s option and at Borrower’s and Guarantor’s expense, all lawful acts and things that Lender may deem necessary to perfect and continue the perfection of any security interest created hereunder and to ask, demand, collect (including, but not limited to, the execution, in Borrower’s or Guarantor’s name, of notification letters) sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all Contract Receivables assigned hereunder and to endorse, in writing or by stamp, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s name or otherwise on all checks for any monies in respect of the Collateral; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender agrees that it will not exercise any such right or power unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
10.3   Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities (and obligations to repurchase) contained in this Agreement (and any and each other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. All indemnities contained in this Agreement (and any and each other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of this Agreement.
 
10.4   Redelivery of Contracts upon Repurchase, Substitution or Payment in Full. In connection with any repurchase or substitution of any Equipment or Contract by Borrower or prepayment by an Obligor under any Contract, Lender shall, and hereby does, release its security interest in the Contract, Equipment and other collateral and shall, and hereby does, authorize Borrower or Guarantor to file the appropriate PPSA financing change statements (including partial discharges) with respect thereto.

35


 

10.5   Broker Fees. Guarantor and Borrower represent and warrant that no broker has been engaged by Borrower or Guarantor with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Lender may be responsible. Guarantor and Borrower will indemnify and hold harmless Lender from any claim of any Person for any such fees, compensation or remuneration.
 
10.6   Notices. Except as otherwise provided, all notices and other communications to any party pursuant to this Agreement or any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto shall be in writing, addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth below its signature hereto or at such other address as it shall designate in a notice to each other party, or by confirmed electronic transmission. Any notice if mailed properly addressed shall be deemed given on the third Business Day after mailing, postage prepaid.
 
10.7   Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ALBERTA (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF). BORROWER DOES HEREBY SUBMIT, AT LENDER’S ELECTION, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY COURTS (FEDERAL, PROVINCIAL OR LOCAL) HAVING A LOCATION WITHIN THE MUNICIPALITY OF METROPOLITAN CALGARY WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, OR SUIT WHETHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY RELATED ASSIGNMENT OR ANY OF BORROWER’S OBLIGATIONS OR INDEBTEDNESS HEREUNDER. BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT THE CITY OF CALGARY, ALBERTA IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE AS WELL AS ANY RIGHT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO REMOVE ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ONCE COMMENCED TO ANOTHER COURT ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR OTHERWISE. THE NON-EXCLUSIVE CHOICE OF FORUM SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT BY LENDER OF ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION BY LENDER TO ENFORCE THE SAME IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.
 
10.8   Other Documents. Borrower shall execute such other documents and shall otherwise cooperate with Lender as Lender reasonably requires to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, execution and delivery of any security agreement, document or instrument as Lender or its legal counsel requires from time to time to ensure that Lender has a first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) Lien, charge and security interest against the Collateral).
 
10.9   Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any instrument executed pursuant hereto that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any Loan Document or affecting the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

36


 

10.10   Entirety. This Agreement and the Exhibits referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between Lender and Borrower as to the subject matter contemplated herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating thereto. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that no party hereto nor any agent of any other party whomsoever has made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, not contained herein, concerning the subject matter hereof, to induce it to execute this Agreement. No other agreements will be effective to change, modify or terminate this Agreement in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged except as expressly set forth herein.
 
10.11   Waivers, Amendments, etc. The provisions of this Agreement and each Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender. No failure or delay on the part of Lender or any assignee or Lender in exercising any power or right under this Agreement or any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any waiver or approval hereunder by Lender shall, subject to such limitations as may be stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions, and in the event of the subsequent withdrawal or rescission of any waiver or approval, such waiver or approval shall nevertheless be effective according to its terms as to any transaction occurring before notice from Lender to Borrower of such withdrawal or rescission. No waiver or approval hereunder by Lender shall require Lender to grant thereafter any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval hereunder.
 
10.12   Headings. The various headings of this Agreement and of any Loan Document executed pursuant hereto are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any such Loan Document or any provisions hereof or thereof.
 
10.13   Counterparts and Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts with original or verified electronic means, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement, and shall be effective when signed by all parties hereto.
 
10.14   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that neither Borrower nor Guarantor may assign or transfer its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. Lender reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, its rights and benefits hereunder and under any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto and may, in connection therewith, disclose all documents and information that it may have relating to Guarantor, Borrower or their respective businesses, this Agreement, and any other Loan Document; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default shall exist, the Lender shall not sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant any participations in all or

37


 

    any part of this Agreement or the Loan to any Person that is a competitor of the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates.
10.15   Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. From the date hereof and except as may be specifically required by law, no party hereto will without the prior consent of (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed) and consultation with the other parties hereto make any written public announcement, make any written statement or release to the media (except Lender may insert a customary “tombstone” in a newspaper or financial publication), or make any written statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, Borrower agrees to provide each Obligor any required notice of the sales of Contracts within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date hereunder, the form and content of which shall have been approved by Lender; and further provided, that Guarantor, Borrower and Lender may disclose the contents of this Agreement to their respective assignees, lenders, professional advisors, or as required by law or in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.
 
10.16   Rights Cumulative; Waivers. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Lender hereunder are irrevocable and cumulative, and not alternative or exclusive, and shall be in addition to all other rights, remedies and powers given hereunder, or in or by any other instrument, or available in law or equity. Lender’s knowledge at any time of any breach of, or non-compliance with, any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of any of such rights or remedies hereunder, and any waiver of any default shall not constitute a waiver of any other default. If, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender elects in writing to bill for and collect the Contracts, Borrower and Guarantor shall be relieved of any further responsibility for servicing; provided, Borrower shall remain liable for any acts or omissions committed during the period Borrower or Guarantor was responsible for servicing the Contracts.
 
10.17   No Assumption of Obligation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Lender assumes no obligation or liability to any Obligor under the Contracts and no assignment of the Contracts or Contract Documents shall impose any such obligation or liability on Lender.
 
10.18   Authorization and Consent. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Credit Parties authorize and consent to the reproduction, disclosure and use by Lender of information about the Credit Parties (including, without limitation, the Credit Parties’ names and any identifying logos) and the financing transactions provided for herein to enable Lender to publish promotional “tombstones” and other forms of notices of the financings provided for herein in any manner and in any media including, without limitation, marketing materials, sales materials, printed media or web based material.
[*REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.*]

38


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ARAM RENTALS CORPORATION
(“Borrower”)

 
 
  By:   /s/ David L. Roland    
    Name:   David L. Roland   
    Title:   Vice President and Corporate Secretary   
 
Address:
7236 – 10th Street NE,
Calgary Alberta, T2E 8XE
Attn.: President
         
 
ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
(“Guarantor”)

 
 
  By:   /s/ David L. Roland    
    Name:   David L. Roland   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary 
 
 
Address:
2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839
Attn.: General Counsel
Attn.: David L. Roland, Senior Vice President,
           General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 


 

         
  ICON ION, LLC
By: IEMC Corp., its Manager
(“Lender”)
 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Address:
100 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10011
Attn.: General Counsel

 

EX-10.4 5 h67643exv10w4.htm EX-10.4 exv10w4
EXHIBIT 10.4
Execution Version
MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
(U.S.)
Dated as of June 29, 2009
among
ICON ION, LLC,
as Lender,
and
ARAM SEISMIC RENTALS, INC.,
as Borrower
and
ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION,
as Guarantor

 


 

MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
     THIS MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made as of June 29, 2009 by and among ARAM SEISMIC RENTALS, INC., a Texas corporation (“Borrower”), with its principal office located at 2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”), with its principal office located at 2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, and ICON ION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lender”), with its principal office located at 100 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
RECITALS
A.   Lender has agreed with Borrower that, at Borrower’s request, Lender shall make the Loan available to Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
B.   Borrower and Lender desire that this Agreement serve as a master agreement that sets forth the terms and conditions governing the Loan that Lender may make to Borrower.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1   Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
 
    “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have corresponding meanings.
 
    “Agreement” means this Master Loan and Security Agreement and all Schedules and Exhibits annexed hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time.
 
    “Applicable Law” means, at any time, with respect to any Person, property, transaction or event, all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, treaties, judgments and decrees and all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, by-laws, permits, authorizations,

1


 

    guidelines, orders and policies of any governmental or regulatory body or Persons having authority over such Person, property, transaction or event.
    “Assignment” means a collateral assignment in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto pledging to Lender as security for the Loan Borrower’s right, title and interest in, but not the obligations of Borrower under, the Contracts described in Schedule 1 thereto.
 
    “Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code and the regulations thereunder as amended and in effect from time to time, and any successor statutes.
 
    “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are not open for business in New York, New York.
 
    “Canadian 2009 Loan Agreement” shall mean the Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 29, 2009, as amended, among ICON ION, LLC, as lender, Canadian Borrower, as borrower, and ION Geophysical Corporation, as guarantor and all Loan Documents (as defined therein) pursuant thereto.
 
    “Canadian Borrower” means ARAM Rentals Corporation, a Nova Scotia unlimited company, and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
    “Certificate” means the Certificate of Formation and Bylaws of Borrower.
 
    “Closing Date” means June 29, 2009 or such other date as Lender and Borrower may mutually agree upon.
 
    “Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 3.1.
 
    “Contract” means a written lease, installment sale contract or other agreement evidencing payment obligations relating to the leasing or financing of Equipment, in each case, together with all schedules, riders, addenda or supplements thereto, provided that each such Contract is consistent with TSRI’s past practices.
 
    “Contract Receivables” means, with respect to a Contract, all amounts due and payable or to become due and payable under such Contract, together with all rights to receive such amounts under such Contract.
 
    “Contribution Agreement” means the contribution agreements between TSRI, as assignor, and Borrower, as assignee, in respect of the transfer of the Equipment and Contracts in the forms attached as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, respectively.
 
    “Credit Parties” means Borrower and Guarantor and “Credit Party” means either of them.
 
    “Default” means any of the events described in Section 7.1 regardless of whether any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied or met.

2


 

    “Deposit Account” means each deposit account established at the Deposit Account Bank into which all Contract Receivables due under any Contract are to be deposited by the applicable Obligor, Borrower or Guarantor for the benefit of Lender over which Lender has a perfected security interest by way of a Deposit Account Control Agreement with a Deposit Account Bank.
 
    “Deposit Account Bank” means one or more commercial banks acceptable to Lender.
 
    “Deposit Account Control Agreement” means a deposit account control agreement entered into by Borrower, Lender and a Deposit Account Bank in respect of the Deposit Account in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
 
    “Draw Amount” has the meaning set out in Section 2.3(a).
 
    “Equipment” means: (i) any seismic equipment contributed by TSRI to Borrower pursuant to a Contribution Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) any additional seismic equipment contributed to Borrower including any additional seismic equipment that replaces the seismic equipment identified in subsection (i) in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, in each case, together with all parts, spare parts, accessories, attachments, upgrades, improvements, replacements, substitutions, additions, accessions, alterations and repairs incorporated therein or affixed thereto, and all proceeds thereof (including insurance proceeds); and “related Equipment” shall, when used with reference to any Contract, mean the Equipment subject to that respective Contract. For greater certainty, any equipment leased from Hewlett Packard shall not be included in the definition of “Equipment”.
 
    “Event of Default” means any of the events specified in Section 7.1, provided that any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, has been satisfied or met.
 
    “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Borrower, which commences each January 1 and ends each December 31.
 
    “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as approved by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants that are in effect from time to time, applied in a consistent manner from period to period.
 
    “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor in favor of Lender in respect of the Indebtedness of Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
 
    “HSBC” means HSBC BANK USA, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent under the HSBC Credit Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.
 
    “HSBC Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 3, 2008, among Guarantor, as domestic borrower, ION International S.À R.L., a Luxembourg private limited company (société a responsabilité limitée), as foreign borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, HSBC BANK USA, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions party from

3


 

    time to time thereto, as lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
    “Hypothec” means a moveable hypothec executed by Borrower in favor of Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
 
    “Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of the Loan made by Lender to Borrower hereunder, all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts that Borrower may from time to time be obligated to pay to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
    “Insolvency Proceeding” means, with respect to any Person, any voluntary or involuntary insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, custodianship, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers, or any other proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Person, whether under the Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or any laws relating to relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness or reorganization, composition or extension of indebtedness.
 
    “Interest Period” means a period (i) in the case of the first Interest Period, commencing on the Closing Date of the Loan and ending on and including the first Payment Date and (ii) for each successive Interest Period, commencing on each Payment Date and ending on, and including, the next Payment Date, provided if a Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the Interest Period shall end on the first Business Day thereafter, provided in no event will interest be charged twice for the same day.
 
    “Interest Rate” means, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the following: (a) provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the interest rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum calculated monthly (the “Fixed Interest Rate”); and (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and subject to Applicable Law, the sum of, with respect to the Loan, (i) applicable Fixed Interest Rate plus (ii) an additional 2.00% per annum.
 
    “Liabilities” of any Person shall at any time mean all items that, in accordance with GAAP, would be included on the liability side of a balance sheet of that Person as of the date in question and shall include the following items whether or not so included in accordance with GAAP: (a) duties and obligations (excluding unaccrued finance charges) of that Person, as obligor, under leases, whether or not capitalized; (b) indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness arising under conditional sale or other title retention agreements, but excluding, however, prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien in property owned or being purchased by that Person, whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by that Person; and (c) all contingent obligations of that Person.
 
    “Lien” means any lien, encumbrance or security interest of any kind whatsoever, whether arising under a Security Instrument or as a matter of law, judicial process or otherwise.

4


 

    “Loan” means the loan that Lender makes to Borrower under Article 2 of this Agreement.
 
    “Loan Documents” has the meaning set out in Section 4.1(d).
 
    “Loan Limit” means US$20,000,000; a portion of which shall be available to Borrower under this Agreement and the remaining amount (if any) shall be made available to Canadian Borrower under the Canadian 2009 Loan Agreement.
 
    “Material Adverse Change” means any change, event, violation, circumstance or effect that, when considered individually or when aggregated with other changes, events, violations, circumstances or effects, is or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or affairs of Borrower or Guarantor, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower or Guarantor to perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents; or (iii) the ability of Lender to enforce its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents.
 
    “Maturity Date” means July 31, 2014.
 
    “Note(s)” means the promissory note or notes issued by Borrower in connection with each borrowing under the Loan, in form and substance as set out in Exhibit D attached hereto.
 
    “Obligations” means the Indebtedness, together with any and all other duties, obligations, undertakings and amounts required to be paid or performed by Borrower and/or Guarantor under this Agreement and each Loan Document executed pursuant hereto.
 
    “Obligor” means, with respect to a Contract, each Person having a payment obligation under or with respect to such Contract.
 
    “Payment Date” means the first (1st) day of each calendar month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.
 
    “Permitted Jurisdictions” means, collectively, the United States and Canada and each other jurisdiction to which the Lender has consented in writing, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided that Lender has taken those steps reasonably required to obtain a valid, enforceable and perfected first lien, charge and security interest in the Equipment in each such jurisdiction.
 
    “Permitted Liens” means:
  (i)   inchoate liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not at the time delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

5


 

  (ii)   non-consensual statutory Liens arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business to the extent such Liens secure indebtedness that is not overdue; and
 
  (iii)   rights of Obligors under Contracts in the related Equipment.
    “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, company, partnership, firm, association, government, governmental agency or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.
 
    “Pledge Agreement” means the non recourse securities pledge agreement from TSRI in favor of Lender in respect of all the outstanding equity securities of Borrower owned by TSRI in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.
 
    “Proceeds” has the meaning given to such term in the UCC.
 
    “Quarterly Report” means a completed report substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed and delivered by a senior officer of Borrower.
 
    “Residual Proceeds” means, as to a Contract, all Contract Receivables and monetary value received by Borrower, net of any out of pocket costs incurred in connection with obtaining such Contract Receivables and monetary value, after all of the obligations of the Obligor during the originally scheduled term of the Contract (including the payment of all taxes and charges relating to the Equipment) have been paid in full, including net proceeds realized from the sale, re-lease or rental of the Equipment or the renewal or extension of the Contract.
 
    “Scheduled Repayment” has the meaning provided in Section 2.8.
 
    “Security Deposits” means monies held by Borrower on behalf of Obligors as collateral for obligations of such Obligors under the Contracts.
 
    “Security Instrument” means any security agreement, pledge agreement, lease intended as security, conditional sale contract, chattel mortgage, assignment, control agreement or other agreement, or any amendment, restatement, supplement, renewal or replacement thereof or thereto, or any financing statement or financing change statement, in each case granting, evidencing or perfecting any security interest in personal property.
 
    “Taxes” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.1(c).
 
    “TSRI” means Texas Seismic Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation, and wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor; and its successors and permitted assigns.
 
    “UCC” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code and all regulations and administrative orders thereunder, as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any and all of the attachment, perfection or priority of the security interest of Lender in and to the Collateral is governed by the personal property security legislation as in effect in a

6


 

    jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.
    “US Dollars”, “USD” and “US$” means lawful money of the United States of America.
 
1.2   Other Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in the UCC, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined therein.
 
1.3   Interpretation. As used in this Agreement, the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” the word “or” is not exclusive, and the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignments set forth herein), (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, and (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless another document is specifically referenced.
 
1.4   U.S. Currency. Unless otherwise specified herein, all amounts and values referred to in this Agreement shall refer to lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments made hereunder shall be made in the currency in respect of which the obligation requiring such payment arose.
 
1.5   Determination of Rates and Basis of Calculation of Interest.
  (a)   The rates of interest and fees shall be determined by Lender whenever such determination is required for any purpose of this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions provided herein, and such determination shall be prima facie evidence of such rate absent manifest error.
 
  (b)   All interest payments to be made under this Agreement shall be paid without allowance or deduction for deemed re-investment or otherwise, both before and after maturity and before and after default and/or judgment, if any, until payment of the amount on which such interest is accruing, and interest will accrue on overdue interest, if any.
 
  (c)   In calculating interest or fees payable under this Agreement for any period, unless otherwise specifically stated, the first day of such period shall be included and the last day of such period shall be excluded.

7


 

  (d)   Unless otherwise stated, wherever in this Agreement reference is made to a rate of interest “per annum” or a similar expression is used, such interest will be calculated on the basis of a calendar year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and using the nominal rate method of calculation, and will not be calculated using the effective rate method of calculation or on any other basis that gives effect to the principle of deemed re-investment of interest.
1.6   Interest Rate Limitation. In the event that any provision of this Agreement would oblige Borrower to make any payment of interest or any other payment that is construed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be interest in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by Applicable Law, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted nunc pro tunc to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by Applicable Law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows:
  (i)   firstly, by reducing the amount or rate of interest otherwise required to be paid under Article 2 of this Agreement; and
 
  (ii)   thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts that would constitute interest for the purposes of Applicable Law.
ARTICLE 2
THE LOAN; COLLATERAL
2.1   The Loan. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender establishes and agrees to make available to Borrower a committed non-revolving term loan facility at the applicable Interest Rate.
 
2.2   Loan Limit. The maximum outstanding borrowings under the Loan shall not at any time exceed the Loan Limit.
 
2.3   Advance; Non-Revolving Feature of Loan.
  (a)   On the Closing Date, Borrower may only draw under this Agreement by way of a single borrowing in a maximum amount of (i) US$3,674,838.81 (the “Draw Amount”).
 
  (b)   On June 29, 2009, any undrawn commitment of Lender under this Agreement shall be automatically cancelled. No amounts repaid or prepaid by Borrower under this Agreement may be reborrowed.
2.4   Purpose of Loan. Borrower may use the proceeds of the Loan for general corporate purposes, working capital or to repay Liabilities.
 
2.5   Restrictions on Borrowing. Borrower shall not request a borrowing under the Loan if a Default or Event of Default exists at such time or if the result thereof would create or cause a Default or Event of Default.

8


 

2.6   Evidence of Indebtedness. Lender shall maintain accounts and records evidencing the Obligations of Borrower to Lender under this Agreement. Lender’s accounts and records shall constitute prima facie evidence of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender under this Agreement in the absence of manifest error.
 
2.7   Procedure of Requesting the Loan. Borrower hereby requests the Draw Amount on the Closing Date. Borrower shall indemnify Lender against any loss or expense incurred by Lender as a result of any failure by it to fulfill on or before the date specified for such borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, including, without limitation, any loss or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by Lender to fund any loan to be made by Lender as part of such borrowing if such loan, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.
 
2.8   Scheduled Repayments. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Borrower shall permanently repay the principal amount of all borrowings outstanding under the Loan in the following amounts and on the following dates (each a “Scheduled Repayment”):
  (a)   for the period from the Closing Date to and including June 30, 2009, Borrower shall make a payment of interest only on July 1, 2009 based on the applicable Interest Rate and the Draw Amount;
 
  (b)   for the period from July 1, 2009, to and including July 31, 2009, Borrower shall make a payment of interest only on August 1, 2009 based on the applicable Interest Rate and the Draw Amount;
 
  (c)   sixty (60) equal monthly installments, payable monthly in arrears on the Payment Date, each monthly installment in the amount as set out in the amortization schedule annexed to each Note, with the first monthly payment due on September 1, 2009; and
 
  (d)   all remaining outstanding principal of the Loan together with all accrued interest, fees and other amounts then unpaid by Borrower with respect to the Loan, on the Maturity Date.
2.9   Prepayment.
  (a)   Borrower may not voluntarily prepay all or any outstanding borrowings under the Loan during the period from the Closing Date until and including July 31, 2012.
 
  (b)   During the period commencing August 1, 2012 until and including January 31, 2014, Borrower may make a prepayment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan plus all accrued and unpaid interest through such date plus all fees that are then owing and due provided that: (i) Borrower pays to Lender a prepayment fee equal to the amount of 3% of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at such time, and (ii) Borrower provides thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender.

9


 

  (c)   From and after February 1, 2014, Borrower may at any time, without payment of any penalty or fee, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender, make a prepayment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan plus all accrued and unpaid interest through such date plus all fees that are then owing and due.
 
  (d)   Borrower may make a prepayment against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan as contemplated and permitted by Section 6.2(g)(ii)(B) provided that all terms and conditions of Section 6.2(g) are complied with by Borrower and Guarantor.
    Upon indefeasible payment in full of all amounts owing under or in connection with the Loan, and upon Borrower’s written request, Lender shall release its security interest in the Collateral securing the Loan.
 
2.10   Payments Generally. Each payment under this Agreement shall be made for value at or before 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day such payment is due, provided that, if any such day is not a Business Day, such payment shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be due on the Business Day next following such day (and any such extension shall be taken into account for purposes of the computation of interest and fees payable under this Agreement). All payments shall be made by Borrower to Lender by way of wire to the following account:
Account Name: ICON Leasing Fund Twelve, LLC
Account Number: 590411942
Bank Name: JP Morgan Chase
Bank Address: New York, NY
ABA: 021000021
2.11   Fees. The Borrower shall pay Lender a fee of 0.50% of the Draw Amount on each of the 12th, 24th, 36th and 48th Payment Dates. Lender acknowledges receipt from Borrower of an irrevocable and fully earned commitment fee of $300,000.
 
2.12   Illegality. If the introduction of or any change in any Applicable Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any court or by any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof, makes it unlawful or prohibited for Lender to make, to fund or to maintain its commitment or any portion thereof or to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, Lender may, by 30 days written notice to Borrower (unless the provision of the Applicable Law requires earlier prepayment in which case the notice period shall be such shorter period as required to comply with the Applicable Law), terminate its obligations under this Agreement (or those that are unlawful or prohibited as the case may be) and in such event, Lender shall have no obligation to fund the Loan and Borrower shall (to the extent required) prepay such borrowings under the Loan forthwith (or at the end of such period as Lender in its discretion agrees), without notice or penalty (other than breakage costs), together with all accrued but unpaid interest and fees as may be applicable to the date of payment.

10


 

ARTICLE 3
COLLATERAL SECURITY
3.1   Grant of Security. As general and continuing collateral security for the due payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower charges, pledges and assigns to Lender, and grants to Lender a lien and security interest in, all of the following present and after acquired personal property and undertakings of Borrower:
  (a)   all Equipment;
 
  (b)   all Contracts and Contract Receivables;
 
  (c)   all checks, money orders, wire transfers, notes, drafts and other orders for payment of money or other remittances payable to Borrower and the depository accounts in the name of Borrower, including all Deposit Accounts, and including all sums now or hereafter on deposit in or payable to and any interest accrued or payable on the credit balances therein;
 
  (d)   any guarantees, supporting obligations or other collateral securing payment of the Contracts;
 
  (e)   any and all other personal property of the Borrower; and
 
  (f)   all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, clauses (a) through (f), the “Collateral”).
3.2   Limitations on Grant of Security. If the grant of any security interest in any Contract under Section 3.1 would result in the termination or breach of the governing agreement relating to such Contract, then the applicable Contract will not be subject to any security interest under Section 3.1 but will be held in trust by Borrower for the benefit of Lender. In addition, the security interests created by this Agreement do not extend to the last day of the term of any lease, rental contract or other agreement now held or hereafter acquired by Borrower. Such last day will be held by Borrower in trust for Lender and, on the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under this Agreement following an Event of Default, will be assigned by Borrower as directed by Lender.
 
3.3   Attachment. Borrower confirms that value has been given by Lender to Borrower, that Borrower has rights in the Collateral (other than after-acquired property) and that Borrower and Lender have not agreed to postpone the time for attachment of the security interests created by this Agreement to any of the Collateral. The security interests created by this Agreement are intended to attach: (i) to existing Collateral when Borrower signs this Agreement; and (ii) to Collateral subsequently acquired by Borrower immediately upon Borrower acquiring any rights in such Collateral. The security interests created by this Agreement will have effect and be deemed to be effective whether or not the Obligations or any part thereof are owing or in existence before or after or upon the date of this Agreement.

11


 

3.4   Additional Security. The security interests created by this Agreement are in addition and without prejudice to any other security interests now or later held by Lender. No security interests held by Lender will be exclusive of or dependent upon or merge in any other security interests, and Lender may exercise its rights under such security interests separately or in combination.
3.5   Cooperation of Lender While in Possession of Collateral. To the extent Lender has perfected its security interest in Collateral by possession of such Collateral, Lender agrees to permit the Borrower reasonable access to such Collateral (including making or allowing the Borrower to make copies of any Contracts that are in the possession of the Lender).
ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS
4.1   Conditions Precedent to the Loan —Borrowing. The obligation of Lender to make available the borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and is conditional upon satisfactory evidence being given to Lender and its counsel as to compliance with the following conditions:
  (a)   Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as if made by the Borrower and the Guarantor contemporaneously with the borrowing under the Loan.
 
  (b)   Resolutions and Certificates. Lender shall have received, duly executed and in form and substance satisfactory to it:
  (i)   a copy of the certificate of formation or articles of incorporation and by-laws of each Credit Party and TSRI and a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of each Credit Party and TSRI authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, certified in each case by a senior officer of the applicable Credit Party and TSRI;
 
  (ii)   a certificate of incumbency for each Credit Party and TSRI showing the names, offices and specimen signatures of the officers who will execute the Loan Documents; and
 
  (iii)   a certificate of status for each Credit Party and TSRI or its equivalent from its jurisdiction of organization.
  (c)   Legal Opinions. Lender shall have received favorable legal opinions from (i) David L. Roland, the general counsel of Guarantor, in connection with the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents by the Credit Parties and TSRI and (ii) and Mayer Brown LLP, New York counsel to the Guarantor, regarding the enforceability of the Loan Documents and related matters, which opinions shall be satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel, acting reasonably

12


 

  (d)   Delivery of Agreements. The Credit Parties shall have executed and unconditionally delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, the following documents to Lender (collectively, the “Loan Documents”):
  (i)   this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   the Assignment;
 
  (iii)   the Pledge Agreement together with (a) original share certificates evidencing the equity securities owned by TSRI in the Borrower, and (b) duly executed share transfer power in respect thereof undated in blank;
 
  (iv)   the Guaranty;
 
  (v)   the Note in connection with the Draw Amount; and
 
  (vi)   the Deposit Account Control Agreement.
  (e)   No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
 
  (f)   First Priority Security Interest. Satisfactory evidence that Lender has a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in the Collateral in all jurisdictions deemed necessary or advisable by the Lender and its counsel, including confirmation that UCC financing statements naming Borrower (and with respect to the Pledge Agreement, TSRI), as debtor, and Lender, as secured party, in all jurisdictions required by Lender, have been submitted for filing.
 
  (g)   Insurance. Lender shall have received a satisfactory certificate of insurance issued by Borrower’s insurance broker (the insurance policies issued by a reputable underwriter satisfactory to Lender) in respect of all policies maintained by the Borrower naming Lender as a first loss payee and additional insured.
 
  (h)   Lender Fees. All fees and expenses payable pursuant to the terms and conditions of the letter dated May 21 from the Lenders to the Borrower otherwise due and payable by the Borrower to the Lender shall have been paid or shall contemporaneously be paid to the Lender including, but not limited to, the Commitment Fee.
 
  (i)   Legal Fees. The legal fees and disbursements of the Lender’s counsel that have been invoiced on or prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid.
 
  (j)   HSBC Release. A satisfactory release from HSBC in respect of any security interest, lien, claim or encumbrance in respect of the Collateral.
 
  (k)   Bankruptcy Remoteness. Borrower shall be a “bankruptcy remote” entity that is satisfactory to Lender and its legal counsel.

13


 

  (l)   Liens against Equipment. There shall be no liens, encumbrances or other security interests charging any of the Equipment, other than security interests in favor of Lender or other Liens not otherwise prohibited under Section 6.2(b).
 
  (m)   Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change shall not have occurred.
 
  (n)   Deposit Account. A Deposit Account is opened and the accompanying Deposit Account Control Agreement is entered into with the Deposit Account Bank.
 
  (o)   Contribution Agreement. Lender has received a copy of the executed Contribution Agreements and Lender is satisfied with terms and conditions of transfer of the Equipment and contracts to Borrower pursuant to such Contribution Agreements.
ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
5.1   Borrower’s Representations and Warranties.
  (a)   General Representations and Warranties as to Borrower. To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing and true from the time of Borrower’s execution of this Agreement until all of the Obligations hereunder and under each Assignment shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (i)   Organization, etc. Borrower is a corporation validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas, is duly qualified to do business and in good standing as an extra-provincial corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify might have a Material Adverse Effect and has full power and authority to own its property and conduct its business substantially as presently conducted by it. Borrower has full power and authority to enter into and to perform its Obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto.
 
  (ii)   Due Authorization. The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Agreement and each Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto and the performance by Borrower of its Obligations hereunder and thereunder and the borrowings hereunder by Borrower have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Borrower, do not require any approval or consent of any governmental agency or authority, do not and will not conflict with, result in any violation of, or constitute any default under, any provision of the certificate of formation or by-laws of Borrower or any agreement binding upon or applicable to it (other than any agreement with respect to which a waiver has been obtained), or any present Applicable Law or governmental regulation or court decree or order applicable to it

14


 

      and will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien in any of its properties pursuant to the provisions of any present agreement binding upon or applicable to it.
  (iii)   Validity of This Agreement, etc. This Agreement is, and each other Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto will on the due execution and delivery thereof be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject only to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws at the time in effect affecting the enforceability of the rights of creditors generally; and equitable principles limiting the availability of the remedy of specific enforcement.
 
  (iv)   Financial Information. All balance sheets, statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows and other financial information that have been furnished by Borrower to Lender in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except in the case of any unaudited statements, to the extent of the limited nature of the footnotes and subject to normal year-end adjustments) consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as disclosed therein) and present (except as aforesaid with respect to unaudited statements) fairly the financial condition of Borrower as at the dates thereof and the results of its operations for the periods then ended.
 
  (v)   Absence of Default. Borrower is not in default (after taking into account grace periods) in the payment of any liabilities representing any borrowing or financing or any other material liability or under any law or governmental regulation or court decree or order materially affecting its property or business.
 
  (vi)   Litigation. No litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its properties that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (vii)   No Material Contingent Liabilities. Borrower does not have any material contingent liabilities of any kind.
 
  (viii)   Taxes. Borrower has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it (including, without limitation, all Taxes applicable to or arising out of the Equipment and the Contracts, the proceeds thereof or the leasing or financing thereof) and has paid, or will pay when due, all Taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing except to the extent that the Borrower has contested the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

15


 

  (ix)   Absence of Lien. Borrower is the owner of the Equipment, Contracts and other Collateral, free and clear of all Liens, other than the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(b).
 
  (x)   Contracts. Borrower and Guarantor covenant that each Contract has or will have arisen out of a bona fide transaction, accurately evidenced by the written terms of the Contract. The Borrower only maintains one original of each Contract and to the extent any Contract constitutes “chattel paper” (as defined in the UCC), the original chattel paper counterpart is in Borrower’s possession. No single “authoritative copy” of “electronic chattel paper” (each term as used in the UCC) exists with respect to any Contract.
 
  (xi)   Accuracy of Information. All written information heretofore or contemporaneously herewith furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender for purposes of, or in connection with, this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all other such written information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and does not omit any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading.
 
  (xii)   Security Interest. Each security interest in the Collateral granted pursuant to Section 3.1 is a valid, enforceable, first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) Lien that has attached, and has been timely and properly perfected under the provisions of the UCC or similar law relating to the perfection and priority of the security interest granted.
 
  (xiii)   Eligible Contracts. Each Contract represents the absolute obligation of the related Obligor to pay the amounts set forth therein, free from any and all claims, defenses or rights of counterclaim against Lender.
 
  (xiv)   Security Deposits. Borrower has not received and does not hold any security deposit for any Contract.
 
  (xv)   Location of Equipment. The property, assets and the Equipment of Borrower are located in Permitted Jurisdictions, and in no other jurisdiction .
 
  (xvi)   Margin Regulations. Borrower is not engaged, principally or has one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Federal Reserve Bank), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.
 
  (xvii)   Investment Company Act. None of the Credit Parties or any Affiliate of a Credit Party (A) is or is required to be registered as an “investment

16


 

      company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (B) subject to regulation under any Applicable Law that limits its ability to incur debt.
  (xviii)   Solvency. (A) The fair value of the property of each Credit Party is greater than its total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, (B) the present fair salable value of the assets of each Credit Party is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, and (C) each Credit Party is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business.
5.2   Guarantor Representations and Warranties. To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender as follows, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing and true from the time of Guarantor’s execution of this Agreement until all of the Obligations hereunder are paid and fully performed:
  (a)   Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
  (b)   Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties, and to carry on its business as now being conducted;
 
  (c)   The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Agreement and the Guaranty and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and are within Guarantor’s corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Guarantor;
 
  (d)   This Agreement, the Guaranty and all other documents or writings relating hereto or contemplated hereby or thereby to be signed by Guarantor constitute the valid and binding obligations of Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights in general, and equitable principles limiting the availability of the remedy of specific enforcement;
 
  (e)   The execution and performance of this Agreement and the Guaranty by Guarantor does not violate any laws, regulations, indentures or contracts to which Guarantor is a party or the organizational documents of Guarantor;
 
  (f)   Except as otherwise provided herein, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of Guarantor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Guaranty;
 
  (g)   Neither Guarantor nor any subsidiary of Guarantor to which Guarantor has delegated its servicing responsibilities, is a party to and there is no pending or

17


 

      threatened litigation, legal or administrative proceeding or otherwise that would, if decided against Guarantor or such subsidiary, have any material adverse impact on Guarantor’s or such subsidiary’s ability to service the Collateral;
  (h)   Guarantor agrees to, or cause TSRI and Borrower to, fully and completely perform all of its obligations under the Contribution Agreement in accordance with its terms and remakes for the benefit of Lender each of the representations and warranties made by TSRI, if any, in the Contribution Agreement; and
 
  (i)   The unaudited balance sheet of Guarantor as at December 31, 2008 and the related statement of income of Guarantor for the twelve month period then ended, certified by its chief financial officer, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of Guarantor at such date and the results of its operations for the periods then ended, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and since said date there has been no Material Adverse Change.
ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS
6.1   Affirmative Covenants. Guarantor and Borrower covenant and agree with Lender that until all of the Obligations (other than any indemnities that are not then due and owing) shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (a)   Financial Information; Quarterly Report. Guarantor and Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender copies of the following financial statements, reports and information:
  (i)   within forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each Fiscal Year, a Quarterly Report;
 
  (ii)   So long as: (a) Guarantor continues to be a public company; (b) Guarantor files its financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the Security and Exchange Commission; and (c) all such financial statements are available to the Lender through a public medium, such as EDGAR; and (d) an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing, neither Guarantor nor Borrower shall be required to provide the Lender with any financial statements; provided that in the event that any of the above conditions (a) — (d) are not satisfied, Borrower and Guarantor shall be required to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Lender, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s, (i) quarterly financial statements certified by the principal financial officer of Borrower and Guarantor, respectively, within sixty (60) days of the end of a fiscal quarter, (ii) annual audited financial statements for the Borrower and Guarantor, prepared by Guarantor’s certified public accountant, must be sent to the Lender within ninety (90) days of the end of the Guarantor’s Fiscal Year, (iii) a copy of the

18


 

      compliance certificate delivered to HSBC under the HSBC Credit Agreement, which shall include the financial covenant calculations required by the HSBC Credit Agreement;
  (iii)   upon written request by the Lender, Guarantor or Borrower shall deliver to Lender copies of each Contract (or to the extent any Contract constitutes “chattel paper,” the original chattel paper counterpart) or copies of any other document in its possession within five (5) Business Days of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s receipt of a written request for such information; and
 
  (iv)   such other information with respect to the financial condition and operations of Borrower and Guarantor as Lender may from time to time reasonably request, provided that Lender shall bear the cost of obtaining such information if and to the extent it is not already being compiled by or for Guarantor.
  (b)   Maintenance of Corporate Existence. Guarantor and Borrower shall cause to be done at all times all things necessary to maintain and preserve their respective lawful existence.
 
  (c)   Maintenance of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remoteness. Guarantor and Borrower shall do, or cause to be done, at all times, all things necessary to maintain and preserve the “special purpose bankruptcy remoteness” of Borrower as it existed on the Closing Date, including, but not limited to, all things necessary to maintain its separate corporate existence and identity and all things necessary to make it apparent to third parties it is an entity with property, assets and liabilities distinct from those of TSRI, the Guarantor or any Affiliate of TSRI or the Guarantor.
 
  (d)   Performance of Covenants in Certificate. Guarantor and Borrower shall do, or cause to be done, at all times, all things necessary for the performance and observance of all covenants in the Certificate.
 
  (e)   Payment of Taxes, etc. Guarantor and Borrower shall pay and discharge, prior to the same becoming delinquent, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (“Taxes”) against or on any of the Contracts or other Collateral, as well as claims of any kind that, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of the Contracts or other Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require Borrower or Guarantor to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as they shall contest the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall set aside on their respective books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP with respect thereto.
 
  (f)   Agreements with Respect to Equipment. Guarantor and Borrower shall, to the best of their ability, at all times cause each item of Equipment to be maintained, preserved and kept in good condition (as when originally delivered), repair and

19


 

      working order, subject to normal wear and tear and to be maintained in accordance with all industry and regulatory standards and all manufacturer’s suggested and recommended maintenance procedures (including, without limitation, preventive maintenance) and to cause any related software to be used in accordance with any license agreement governing such software. Borrower and Guarantor covenant that the Equipment is capable of performing the task for which it was originally intended and conforms to all regulatory requirements and Applicable Laws imposed by any governmental body with respect to the Equipment.
  (g)   Notice of Default and Litigation. Guarantor and Borrower shall promptly give notice to Lender of: (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default; (ii) any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Guarantor or Borrower to Lender that has been instituted or, to the knowledge of Guarantor or Borrower, is threatened against Guarantor or Borrower or any of their respective properties that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) any material development that has occurred in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation or proceeding previously disclosed in writing by Guarantor or Borrower to Lender that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iv) any other event, development or condition which may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (h)   Performance of Loan Document Obligations. Borrower shall perform promptly and faithfully all of its Obligations under each Loan Document executed pursuant hereto.
 
  (i)   Books and Records. Guarantor and Borrower shall each keep their respective books and records reflecting, in all material respects, all of their respective business affairs and transactions in accordance with GAAP and shall permit Lender (or any of representatives thereof) at reasonable times and intervals, to visit its offices where such books and records are kept, discuss its financial matters with their respective officers and independent accountants (and hereby authorizes such independent accountants to discuss their respective financial matters with Lender and its representatives) and examine any of their books and other corporate records.
 
  (j)   Maintenance of Security Interest. Guarantor and Borrower each agree to maintain the perfection of the first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in and to the Collateral and shall not permit any other Lien on the Collateral other than the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(b). Guarantor and Borrower shall, at their sole cost, defend any claims with respect to Lender’s perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral.
 
  (k)   Performance of Contract Duties. Guarantor and Borrower warrant that they have performed, and each of them covenants and agrees to continue to perform, their respective duties and obligations under each Contract.

20


 

  (l)   Lender’s Performance for Borrower. If Guarantor or Borrower shall fail to pay Taxes with respect to or maintain any Equipment in accordance herewith, Lender may (but shall have no duty to do so), cause the same to be done or performed; and in any such case, the amounts paid by Lender shall be immediately upon demand reimbursed to it by Guarantor or Borrower, and shall bear interest from the date incurred until the date in question at the applicable Interest Rate.
 
  (m)   Notice of Relocation. Borrower and Guarantor shall give Lender at least thirty (30) days prior written Notice of any relocation of the chief executive office or principal place of business of either of them.
 
  (n)   Contribution Agreement. Borrower shall enforce TSRI’s responsibilities to Borrower under the Contribution Agreement in all respects and shall not waive the performance by TSRI of its responsibilities thereunder, without the prior written consent of Lender.
 
  (o)   Insurance. Borrower and Guarantor shall insure the Equipment with such insurers and with such coverage and against such loss or damage to the full insurable value of the Equipment to the extent insured against by comparable corporations engaged in comparable businesses or according to industry standards. Losses under all such insurance policies affecting the Equipment shall be payable to Lender as first loss payee. Each such policy shall provide for a minimum of 30 days prior notice to Lender of cancellation or lapse. Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all premiums necessary to maintain any such insurance policies as such premiums become due and payable. Borrower agrees that it shall forthwith provide to Lender a certified copy of each policy of insurance within 120 days of the Closing Date, and shall provide a certified copy of each policy of insurance issued in replacement of or in substitution for any policy of insurance or policies of insurance or as a renewal of any policy of insurance or policies of insurance within 30 days following request from Lender.
 
  (p)   Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of all borrowings for the purposes contemplated under this Agreement.
 
  (q)   New Contracts. Borrower and Guarantor shall ensure that any Contracts entered into after the Closing Date shall be in the name of Borrower (and not Guarantor or TSRI). The Borrower shall maintain one original of each such Contract and to the extent any such Contract constitutes “chattel paper” (as defined in the UCC), the original chattel paper counterpart shall remain in Borrower’s possession unless delivered to Lender under Section 6.1(a)(iii). The Borrower shall ensure that no single “authoritative copy” of “electronic chattel paper” (each term as used in the UCC) exists with respect to any Contract. If reasonably requested by Lender, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable third party to provide a satisfactory consent of the assignment by way of security of such new Contract to Lender.

21


 

  (r)   Anti-Terrorism Laws. No Credit Party or any of its Affiliates shall be in violation of the USA PATRIOT Act or any other law pertaining to the prevention of future acts of terrorism, in each case as such laws may be amended from time to time or be named on any list of any government agency promulgated in connection therewith (including, without limitation, the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control list, Executive Order No. 13224) that prohibits or limits the conduct of business with or the receiving of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of certain Persons specified therein or that prohibits or limits Lender from making the Loan or any extension of credit to Borrower or from otherwise conducting business with Borrower.
 
  (s)   Deposit Account. Borrower and Guarantor shall direct that all Obligors pay to or deposit, and to the extent required by Section 9.2(a), Borrower and Guarantor shall themselves pay or deposit (or cause to be paid or deposited), all Contract Receivables together with any proceeds from the sale of the Equipment as permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(g) into the Deposit Account, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower and Guarantor may, at any time during any month during the term of the Loan when no Default or Event of Default then exists, be permitted to withdraw amounts from the Deposit Account so long as an amount equal to one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(c) remains in the Deposit Account after giving effect to any such withdrawal.
 
  (t)   Notice of Assignment. Borrower shall provide each Obligor notice, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, of the collateral assignment of its Contract within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date.
6.2   Negative Covenants. Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, covenant and agree with Lender that until all of the Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full:
  (a)   Debt and other Liabilities. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or otherwise become or be liable in respect of any Liabilities without the prior, written consent of Lender, other than:
  (i)   the Indebtedness and other Obligations;
 
  (ii)   liabilities in respect of Taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies and claims of any kind, to the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be required to be made or with respect to which the Borrower has contested the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto;
 
  (iii)   liabilities to the Guarantor in connection with the transfer of Contracts from the Guarantor to the Borrower that are being paid in full on Closing Date from the proceeds of the Loan
 
  (iv)   other Liabilities to Lender; and

22


 

  (v)   liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to the administration and operation of its business and consistent with the past practices of TSRI with respect to the Equipment or Contracts.
  (b)   Creation of Liens. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of Borrower’s property, assets or Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
  (i)   the security interest granted by this Agreement or other agreements with Lender;
 
  (ii)   liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and landlords incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums either not overdue, or that are being contested in good faith and that have not resulted in perfected liens;
 
  (iii)   judgment liens junior and subordinate to the security interest created under this Agreement that have been in existence less than 20 days after the entry thereof or with respect to which execution has been stayed; and
 
  (iv)   Permitted Liens.
  (c)   Inconsistent Agreements. Neither Guarantor nor Borrower shall enter into any agreement containing any provision that would be violated or breached by any sale of Contracts hereunder or under the Contribution Agreement or the performance by Borrower or Guarantor of its Obligations hereunder or under any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto.
 
  (d)   Relocation of Equipment. Borrower and Guarantor shall not allow the Equipment and any other Collateral to be moved outside of a Permitted Jurisdiction without providing at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice thereof to Lender. Borrower and Guarantor shall not allow the Equipment and any other Collateral to be moved into or through the Province of Quebec until it has executed and delivered the Hypothec to Lender.
 
  (e)   Not to Amalgamate, Merge, etc. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 7.1(i), no Credit Party shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by way of amalgamation, merger, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, consolidation, reorganization, reconstruction, continuance, transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its properties, rights or assets would become the property of any other Person or, in the case of amalgamation, merger or continuance, of the continuing corporation resulting therefrom; provided that Guarantor may amalgamate into, merge with or convert or reorganize into any other Person so long (a) as the Guarantor is or will be the surviving Person following any such transaction or event, (b) no Event of Default then exists or would result after giving effect to such transaction or event, including any Event of Default under Section 7.1(i), (c) Guarantor shall have provided written notice to Lender of such transaction or event not less than fifteen

23


 

      (15) days prior to the consummation of such transaction or event, (d) Lender is in receipt of any information reasonably requested by it from Guarantor in respect of such transaction, and (e) Lender shall have determined in good faith that, after giving effect to such transaction or event, the Guarantor (as the surviving Person) is at least as credit-worthy as it was immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction or event.
  (f)   Amendment of Certificate, etc. Guarantor and Borrower shall not do, permit or allow, or shall cause not to be done, permitted or allowed, anything that would result in the amendment, supplementation, revocation, restatement or replacement of any provision of the Certificate without the prior written consent of Lender or which would result in the violation of any provision of the Certificate.
  (g)   Disposition of Equipment. The Borrower shall not sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease (as lessor), contribute or otherwise dispose of, or grant any rights with respect to the Equipment other than:
  (i)   Any lease of Equipment pursuant to a Contract; and
 
  (ii)   Sales, assignments, transfers, conveyances or other dispositions of Equipment provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or continues to exist and that Borrower shall either:
  (A)   substitute the sold Equipment with other seismic equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) of at least equivalent value acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion within 30 days after the date on which the Borrower has sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of Equipment for which substitute equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) has not otherwise been provided having an aggregate fair market value in excess $100,000, or
 
  (B)   apply the proceeds therefrom against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan provided that: (I) such amount does not exceed $100,000 and is paid not more than one time during any quarter of Borrower’s Fiscal Year, and (II) the Borrower pays an administrative fee in the amount of $15,000 to Lender for every occurrence of the above right being exercised.
      Notwithstanding the above or any other term or provision contained in this Agreement, Borrower shall not enter into any agreement to sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any Equipment in reliance on this Section 6.2(g)(ii) in an individual or aggregate amount (based on the fair market value of the Equipment) of greater than $400,000 without the prior written consent of Lender, such written consent to be provided (or reasonably withheld) within two (2) Business Days after Lender is in receipt of such request by Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower shall be permitted to sell, assign, transfer or

24


 

      convey Equipment upon the exercise by an Obligor of a purchase option set forth in a Contract without prior written consent from Lender so long as the Borrower has (i) provided Lender written notice of Obligors’ exercise of its purchase option and a copy of the document exercising such option subject to any confidentiality limitations and a written description of the replacement equipment within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such request by Obligor, and (ii) substituted the sold Equipment with other seismic equipment (which shall be free and clear of any Liens) of like-kind and at least equivalent value prior to such sale. For purposes of this Section 6.2(g), the fair market value for the Equipment is set out in Schedule 2 attached hereto. Lender will cooperate with Borrower’s reasonable requests to promptly deliver any chattel paper to the purchaser of any Collateral sold in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.2(g).
      Any payments made pursuant to Subsection 6.2(g)(ii)(B) shall be applied against the outstanding principal balance of the Loan. If a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may retain the proceeds from the sale of such Equipment and may apply such proceeds in its sole discretion against any amounts due and owing by Borrower to Lender.
ARTICLE 7
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
7.1   Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
  (a)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to pay when due any Indebtedness or other Obligation due to Lender, or failed to maintain in the Deposit Account an amount equal to at least one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(c), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;
 
  (b)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.1 that is not cured thirty (30) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;
 
  (c)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.2;
 
  (d)   Any representation or warranty of Borrower or Guarantor made in this Agreement, the Contribution Agreement or any Loan Document executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith, shall prove to have been materially untrue at any time made and if curable, is not cured with twenty (20) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;

25


 

  (e)   Any Event of Default (as defined in the Canadian 2009 Loan Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing pursuant to the Canadian 2009 Loan Agreement;
 
  (f)   Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to duly perform and observe any other covenant or agreement contained herein, in the Contribution Agreement or in any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto or thereto, and that failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of: (i) the day on which Borrower or Guarantor had actual knowledge of such breach or reasonably ought to have known of such breach, and (ii) notice thereof has been given to Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by Lender;
 
  (g)   any event or condition occurs that results in any Liability having an aggregate principal outstanding amount exceeding US$20,000,000 becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Liability or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Liability to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to any secured Liability that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Liability;
 
  (h)   Guarantor or Borrower shall become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, debts as they become due; or Guarantor or Borrower shall apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, or other similar official for Borrower or Guarantor or any of its respective properties, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or, in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, or other similar official shall be appointed for Borrower or Guarantor or for a substantial part of its properties and not be discharged within thirty (30) days; or any Insolvency Proceeding, or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding-up or liquidation proceeding shall be commenced in respect of Borrower or Guarantor and, if not commenced by Borrower or Guarantor, be consented to or acquiesced in by Borrower or Guarantor or remain for thirty (30) days undismissed; or Borrower or Guarantor shall take any action to authorize, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing;
 
  (i)   without the written consent of Lender, a Person or Persons acting in concert shall acquire in a single transaction or a series of transactions more than fifty (50%) percent of the voting stock of the Guarantor or additional voting stock that when added to voting stock then held by such Person or Persons exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of Guarantor, provided, however, that the current shareholders of Guarantor may transfer all of the voting stock of Guarantor to an entity owned in its entirety by the current shareholders of Guarantor so long as (A) no other provisions of this Agreement would be violated thereby, (B) Guarantor gives the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of such transfer,

26


 

      describing the capitalization and ownership of the transferee, (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving effect to such transfer, and (D) all action has been taken, to the satisfaction of Lender, such that Lender’s rights in any Collateral are preserved;
 
  (j)   If at any time there occurs an event or circumstance which constitutes a Material Adverse Change;
 
  (k)   If the Guaranty of the Obligations shall be terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid, without the prior written consent of Lender;
 
  (l)   If the Pledge Agreement shall be terminated, revoked or declared void or invalid, without the prior written consent of Lender
 
  (m)   If Borrower and Guarantor sells or otherwise disposes of, or agrees to sell or otherwise dispose of, all or a substantially all of the Equipment, in each case, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions; or
 
  (n)   If Borrower or Guarantor suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease its business.
7.2   Remedies.
 
    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and in compliance with Applicable Law, Lender may exercise any or all of the following remedies, in addition to those granted to Lender under the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions, and any other Applicable Law:
  (i)   Lender may enforce all rights and remedies under each Contract that constitutes Collateral under Article 3 hereof and may recover possession (subject to the right of an Obligor to quietly enjoy the use of any Equipment, so long as it has not breached nor defaulted in performing any of its duties or obligations under the Contract thereof) of any Equipment subject to a Contract, and may require that same be assembled and delivered to a specific location. Lender shall be entitled to a decree of specific performance to enforce the rights set forth herein.
 
  (ii)   Lender may give, or cause Guarantor or Borrower to give notice to each Obligor under any Contract to direct all Contract Receivables to Lender; Lender may collect and receive any and all Contract Receivables and other cash and non-cash proceeds that constitute part of, or are derived from, the Collateral including, without limitation, all renewal payments and Residual Proceeds.
 
  (iii)   Lender may sell all or any part of the Collateral, free from any and all claims of Borrower, in one lot and as an entirety, or in separate lots, at public or private sale, for cash or credit, in its discretion subject to the non-disturbance of the rights of quiet enjoyment of the Obligors under the

27


 

      Contracts. Upon any such public sale, Lender may bid for the property offered for sale or any part thereof and the proceeds of such sale, net of costs, shall be applied to any Obligations secured hereby as provided hereinafter. Any such sale shall be held or conducted in a commercially reasonable manner and at such place and at such time as Lender may specify, or as may be required by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower expressly agrees that in any such event that Lender, without demand of performance or other demand or notice of any kind (except notice of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands and/or notices are hereby expressly waived), may forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral or any part thereof. If any notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral is required by law, such notification shall be deemed reasonably and properly given (i) if effectively received by Borrower at least five (5) days before such disposition, or (ii) ten (10) days after deposit in the mail if sent by registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to Borrower for Borrower at the Borrower’s address for notices under this Agreement.
 
  (iv)   At the request of Lender, Borrower and Guarantor shall promptly execute and deliver to Lender such documents as Lender shall deem necessary or advisable to enable Lender to obtain possession of the Equipment or to transfer the title to the Equipment to any purchaser (including, without limitation, Lender) in connection with any sale. Upon taking possession and sale of the Equipment, Borrower shall cease to have any rights of redemption in respect of the Equipment hereunder, and no payments thereafter made by Borrower in respect of any or all of the Equipment shall give to Borrower any legal or equitable interest or title in or to the Equipment or any cause or right of action at law or in equity in respect of the Equipment against Lender, except that Lender shall report to Borrower regarding the proceeds of the sale and the application thereof.
 
  (v)   Lender shall apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization and sale, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred therein or incidental to the recovery, care, safekeeping or otherwise of any or all of the Collateral or in any way relating to the rights of Lender hereunder, including reasonable legal fees and expenses as follows: first to its costs and expenses in enforcing Borrower’s or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, then to accrued and unpaid interest at the applicable Interest Rate, then to any other obligations of Borrower or Guarantor hereunder and then, any remainder, if any, to Borrower. Borrower or Guarantor hereby waive presentment, demand and protest (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) of any kind in connection with this Agreement or any Collateral.

28


 

ARTICLE 8
INDEMNITY
8.1   Indemnity. Borrower and Guarantor covenant and agree, at their sole cost and expense and without limiting any other rights that Lender has hereunder, to indemnify, protect and save Lender harmless against and from any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, demands, defenses, judgments, costs, disbursements or expenses of any kind or of any nature whatsoever that may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against Lender and related to or arising from the following, unless such claim, loss or damage shall be based upon the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender:
  (a)   any breach by Borrower of the representations, warranties, covenants, or other obligations or agreements made by Borrower in this Agreement, in any Contracts or in any agreement related hereto or thereto;
 
  (b)   the existence of any defense or offset against any Contract resulting from an act or omission of Borrower with respect to the sale, lease and delivery of any Equipment;
 
  (c)   the violation by Borrower of any Applicable Law;
 
  (d)   the reduction, or the claim or demand for a reduction, of any Obligor’s indebtedness under a Contract as a result of an act or omission of Borrower;
 
  (e)   a material misrepresentation made by Borrower to Lender;
 
  (f)   any alleged failure of any Contract or the related Equipment to comply with any Applicable Law;
 
  (g)   any alleged failure on Borrower’s part to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract or the related Equipment;
 
  (h)   any alleged injury to persons or property caused by the Equipment or any violation or invasion of any patent or invention rights in respect of the Equipment; or
 
  (i)   any governmental fees, charges, taxes or penalties levied or imposed in respect to any Contract or any related Equipment, other than income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on the Lender or any of its Affiliates.
ARTICLE 9
SERVICING AND ENFORCEMENT OF CONTRACTS
9.1   Servicing of Contracts. Borrower and Lender hereby appoint Guarantor, and Guarantor hereby accepts such appointment, to act as the agent for Lender with respect to the Contracts, Contract Receivables and the Equipment in accordance with the terms of this

29


 

    Agreement. Guarantor shall be responsible for collecting all amounts payable under the Contracts and enforcing the Contract provisions in accordance with the terms set forth herein and Lender shall have no responsibility or liability with respect thereto. Guarantor agrees that it shall carry out its collection responsibilities in accordance with prudent servicing standards and that it shall exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the same degree of skill and care that Guarantor exercises with respect to similar contracts and equipment owned or serviced by Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower and Lender acknowledge and agree that Guarantor may delegate its responsibilities to act as agent to one or more of its subsidiaries provided that prior written notice is given to Lender and Guarantor remains liable for such responsibilities.
 
9.2   Payment from Obligors.
  (a)   Lender acknowledges that not all Contract Receivables are collected via pre-authorized payment systems. If at any time the amount on deposit in the Block Account is less than one month’s installment payable under Section 2.8(c), Borrower or Guarantor shall deposit in the Deposit Account promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days of receipt, all payments received from any Obligor of any insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment, and until deposited in the Deposit Account, Borrower and Guarantor shall hold all such amounts in trust for the benefit of Lender. Except for Borrower’s ability to withdraw amounts from the Deposit Account in accordance with Section 6.1(s), the Deposit Account shall be under control of Lender and Lender may move funds out of the Deposit Account in Lender’s sole discretion.
 
  (b)   Until deposited in the Deposit Account, Borrower and Guarantor shall hold all Contract Receivables that are not pre-authorized payment systems or otherwise deposited into the Deposit Account, in trust for the benefit of Lender.
9.3   Taxes. With respect to Taxes, Borrower and Guarantor agree that any and all Taxes and credits, refunds or the like with respect to Taxes accrued or assessed with respect to the Equipment or the Collateral through and including the date of this Agreement shall be the liability of or credit of Borrower and all liabilities shall be paid solely by Borrower or Guarantor.
 
9.4   Cooperation.
  (a)   Guarantor, Borrower and Lender agree to: cooperate fully with and make available to one another and to any taxing authority as reasonably requested all information, records, and documents relating to Taxes relating to the Contracts and Equipment and timely furnish one another with copies of all correspondence received from any taxing authority in connection with any tax audit or information request with respect to any such taxable period.
 
  (b)   Without limitation, and in addition to other indemnities contained herein, Borrower and Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify Lender relating

30


 

      to any failure by Guarantor to comply with the sale and use tax laws of any jurisdiction.
9.5   General Offset. In the event either Guarantor or Borrower fails to pay any amount owed to Lender pursuant to this Agreement, Borrower and Guarantor agree that Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, may offset such amount from funds held by Lender pursuant to this Agreement. Such offset shall not relieve Borrower and/or Guarantor of the obligations to pay such amount and upon any such repayment by Borrower or Guarantor, the amount refunded by Borrower or Guarantor to Lender shall be deemed to be held by Lender pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1   Fees, Costs and Expenses.
  (a)   Borrower and Guarantor jointly and severally agree to pay all of the costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the review, documentation and/or preparation for closing and closing of this transaction, and the Loan, including but not limited to, all reasonable legal fees, and out-of-pocket expenses of Lender and Lender’s legal counsel related to this transaction, and all audit fees as provided in Section 6.1(g) hereof.
 
  (b)   Borrower and Guarantor jointly and severally agree to pay all cost and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable legal fees with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or the Loan, or realizing on the Collateral therefor, or any waivers granted by Lender hereunder, or any Amendment hereto agreed to by Lender.
10.2   Power of Attorney. Borrower and Guarantor hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Lender as Borrower’s and Guarantor’s attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for Borrower and Guarantor, and in Borrower’s and Guarantor’s name to do, at Lender’s option and at Borrower’s and Guarantor’s expense, all lawful acts and things that Lender may deem necessary to perfect and continue the perfection of any security interest created hereunder and to ask, demand, collect (including, but not limited to, the execution, in Borrower’s or Guarantor’s name, of notification letters) sue for, compound and give acquittance for any and all Contract Receivables assigned hereunder and to endorse, in writing or by stamp, Borrower’s and Guarantor’s name or otherwise on all checks for any monies in respect of the Collateral; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender agrees that it will not exercise any such right or power unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
10.3   Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities (and obligations to repurchase) contained in this Agreement (and any and each other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated

31


 

    hereby. All indemnities contained in this Agreement (and any and each other agreement or instrument delivered pursuant hereto) shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of this Agreement.
10.4   Redelivery of Contracts upon Repurchase, Substitution or Payment in Full. In connection with any repurchase or substitution of any Equipment or Contract by Borrower or prepayment by an Obligor under any Contract, Lender shall, and hereby does, release its security interest in the Contract, Equipment and other collateral and shall, and hereby does, authorize Borrower or Guarantor to file the appropriate UCC financing change statements (including partial discharges) with respect thereto.
 
10.5   Broker Fees. Guarantor and Borrower represent and warrant that no broker has been engaged by Borrower or Guarantor with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Lender may be responsible. Guarantor and Borrower will indemnify and hold harmless Lender from any claim of any Person for any such fees, compensation or remuneration.
 
10.6   Notices. Except as otherwise provided, all notices and other communications to any party pursuant to this Agreement or any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto shall be in writing, addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth below its signature hereto or at such other address as it shall designate in a notice to each other party, or by confirmed electronic transmission. Any notice if mailed properly addressed shall be deemed given on the third Business Day after mailing, postage prepaid.
 
10.7   Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK(WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF). BORROWER DOES HEREBY SUBMIT, AT LENDER’S ELECTION, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY COURTS (FEDERAL, PROVINCIAL OR LOCAL) HAVING A LOCATION WITHIN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, OR SUIT WHETHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY RELATED ASSIGNMENT OR ANY OF BORROWER’S OBLIGATIONS OR INDEBTEDNESS HEREUNDER. BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT THE CITY OF CALGARY, ALBERTA IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM OR AN IMPROPER FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE AS WELL AS ANY RIGHT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO REMOVE ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ONCE COMMENCED TO ANOTHER COURT ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR OTHERWISE. THE NON-EXCLUSIVE CHOICE OF FORUM SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT BY LENDER OF ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION BY LENDER TO ENFORCE THE SAME IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.
 
10.8   Other Documents. Borrower shall execute such other documents and shall otherwise cooperate with Lender as Lender reasonably requires to effectuate the transactions

32


 

    contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, execution and delivery of any security agreement, document or instrument as Lender or its legal counsel requires from time to time to ensure that Lender has a first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) Lien, charge and security interest against the Collateral).
10.9   Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any instrument executed pursuant hereto that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any Loan Document or affecting the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
10.10   Entirety. This Agreement and the Exhibits referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between Lender and Borrower as to the subject matter contemplated herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating thereto. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that no party hereto nor any agent of any other party whomsoever has made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, express or implied, not contained herein, concerning the subject matter hereof, to induce it to execute this Agreement. No other agreements will be effective to change, modify or terminate this Agreement in whole or in part unless such agreement is in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged except as expressly set forth herein.
 
10.11   Waivers, Amendments, etc. The provisions of this Agreement and each Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Lender. No failure or delay on the part of Lender or any assignee or Lender in exercising any power or right under this Agreement or any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any waiver or approval hereunder by Lender shall, subject to such limitations as may be stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions, and in the event of the subsequent withdrawal or rescission of any waiver or approval, such waiver or approval shall nevertheless be effective according to its terms as to any transaction occurring before notice from Lender to Borrower of such withdrawal or rescission. No waiver or approval hereunder by Lender shall require Lender to grant thereafter any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval hereunder.
 
10.12   Headings. The various headings of this Agreement and of any Loan Document executed pursuant hereto are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any such Loan Document or any provisions hereof or thereof.
 
10.13   Counterparts and Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts with original or verified electronic means, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement, and shall be effective when signed by all parties hereto.

33


 

10.14   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that neither Borrower nor Guarantor may assign or transfer its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. Lender reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, its rights and benefits hereunder and under any Loan Document executed by it pursuant hereto and may, in connection therewith, disclose all documents and information that it may have relating to Guarantor, Borrower or their respective businesses, this Agreement, and any other Loan Document; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default shall exist, the Lender shall not sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant any participations in all or any part of this Agreement or the Loan to any Person that is a competitor of the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates.
 
10.15   Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. From the date hereof and except as may be specifically required by law, no party hereto will without the prior consent of (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or unduly delayed) and consultation with the other parties hereto make any written public announcement, make any written statement or release to the media (except Lender may insert a customary “tombstone” in a newspaper or financial publication), or make any written statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, Borrower agrees to provide each Obligor any required notice of the sales of Contracts within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date hereunder, the form and content of which shall have been approved by Lender; and further provided, that Guarantor, Borrower and Lender may disclose the contents of this Agreement to their respective assignees, lenders, professional advisors, or as required by law or in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.
 
10.16   Rights Cumulative; Waivers. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Lender hereunder are irrevocable and cumulative, and not alternative or exclusive, and shall be in addition to all other rights, remedies and powers given hereunder, or in or by any other instrument, or available in law or equity. Lender’s knowledge at any time of any breach of, or non-compliance with, any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of any of such rights or remedies hereunder, and any waiver of any default shall not constitute a waiver of any other default. If, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender elects in writing to bill for and collect the Contracts, Borrower and Guarantor shall be relieved of any further responsibility for servicing; provided, Borrower shall remain liable for any acts or omissions committed during the period Borrower or Guarantor was responsible for servicing the Contracts.
 
10.17   No Assumption of Obligation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Lender assumes no obligation or liability to any Obligor under the Contracts and no assignment of the Contracts or Contract Documents shall impose any such obligation or liability on Lender.
 
10.18   Authorization and Consent. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Credit Parties authorize and consent to the reproduction, disclosure and use by Lender of information about the Credit Parties (including, without limitation, the Credit Parties’

34


 

    names and any identifying logos) and the financing transactions provided for herein to enable Lender to publish promotional “tombstones” and other forms of notices of the financings provided for herein in any manner and in any media including, without limitation, marketing materials, sales materials, printed media or web based material.
10.19   Lender Not Fiduciary to Borrower. The relationship among the Borrower and Lender is solely that of debtor and creditor, and Lender has no fiduciary or other special relationship with Borrower and its Affiliates, and no term or provision of any Loan Document, no course of dealing, no written or oral communication, or other action, shall be construed so as to deem such relationship to be other than that of debtor and creditor.
[*REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.*]

35


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ARAM SEISMIC RENTALS, INC.
(“Borrower”)

 
 
  By:   /s/ David L. Roland    
    Name:   David L. Roland   
    Title:   Vice President and Corporate Secretary
 
 
  Address:
2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839

Attn.: President 
 
 
  ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
(“Guarantor”)

 
 
  By:   /s/ David L. Roland    
    Name:   David L. Roland   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 
  Address:
2105 CityWest Blvd., Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839

Attn.: General Counsel 
 


 

         
         
  ICON ION, LLC
(“Lender”)

 
 
  By:   /s/ Signed    
    Name:      
    Title:  
 
 
  Address:
100 Fifth Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10011

Attn.: General Counsel 
 
 

EX-31.1 6 h67643exv31w1.htm EX-31.1 exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OR RULE 15d-14(a)
I, Robert P. Peebler, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009, of ION Geophysical Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: August 6, 2009  /s/ Robert P. Peebler    
  Robert P. Peebler   
  Chief Executive Officer   

 

EX-31.2 7 h67643exv31w2.htm EX-31.2 exv31w2
         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OR RULE 15d-14(a)
I, R. Brian Hanson, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009, of ION Geophysical Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: August 6, 2009  /s/ R. Brian Hanson    
  R. Brian Hanson   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   

 

EX-32.1 8 h67643exv32w1.htm EX-32.1 exv32w1
         
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. §1350
     In connection with the Quarterly Report of ION Geophysical Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert P. Peebler, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge that:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
      Company.
         
     
Date: August 6, 2009  /s/ Robert P. Peebler    
  Robert P. Peebler   
  Chief Executive Officer   

 

EX-32.2 9 h67643exv32w2.htm EX-32.2 exv32w2
         
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. §1350
     In connection with the Quarterly Report of ION Geophysical Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Brian Hanson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
      Company.
         
     
Date: August 6, 2009  /s/ R. Brian Hanson    
  R. Brian Hanson   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----